blob: a2377b5671c29ed9254090ae3956b8e3e4d3084f [file] [log] [blame]
Luca Saccarolaca0e9822023-12-24 18:57:02 +01001*syntax.txt* For Vim version 9.1. Last change: 2024 Jan 23
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Syntax highlighting *syntax* *syntax-highlighting* *coloring*
8
9Syntax highlighting enables Vim to show parts of the text in another font or
10color. Those parts can be specific keywords or text matching a pattern. Vim
11doesn't parse the whole file (to keep it fast), so the highlighting has its
12limitations. Lexical highlighting might be a better name, but since everybody
13calls it syntax highlighting we'll stick with that.
14
15Vim supports syntax highlighting on all terminals. But since most ordinary
16terminals have very limited highlighting possibilities, it works best in the
17GUI version, gvim.
18
19In the User Manual:
20|usr_06.txt| introduces syntax highlighting.
21|usr_44.txt| introduces writing a syntax file.
22
231. Quick start |:syn-qstart|
242. Syntax files |:syn-files|
253. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100264. Converting to HTML |2html.vim|
275. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks|
286. Defining a syntax |:syn-define|
297. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments|
308. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern|
319. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster|
Bram Moolenaarc8c88492018-12-27 23:59:26 +01003210. Including syntax files |:syn-include|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003311. Synchronizing |:syn-sync|
3412. Listing syntax items |:syntax|
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01003513. Colorschemes |color-schemes|
3614. Highlight command |:highlight|
3715. Linking groups |:highlight-link|
3816. Cleaning up |:syn-clear|
3917. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight|
4018. Window-local syntax |:ownsyntax|
4119. Color xterms |xterm-color|
4220. When syntax is slow |:syntime|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000043
44{Vi does not have any of these commands}
45
46Syntax highlighting is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been
47disabled at compile time.
48
49==============================================================================
501. Quick start *:syn-qstart*
51
52 *:syn-enable* *:syntax-enable*
53This command switches on syntax highlighting: >
54
55 :syntax enable
56
57What this command actually does is to execute the command >
58 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
59
60If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
61the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|). Usually this works just
62fine. If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
63directory where the Vim stuff is located. For example, if your syntax files
Bram Moolenaar8024f932020-01-14 19:29:13 +010064are in the "/usr/vim/vim82/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
65"/usr/vim/vim82". You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +010066This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
67will start soon. See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000068
69 *:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
Bram Moolenaar4072ba52020-12-23 13:56:35 +010070The `:syntax enable` command will keep most of your current color settings.
71This allows using `:highlight` commands to set your preferred colors before or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000072after using this command. If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
73defaults, use: >
74 :syntax on
75<
76 *:hi-normal* *:highlight-normal*
77If you are running in the GUI, you can get white text on a black background
78with: >
79 :highlight Normal guibg=Black guifg=White
80For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
81For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
82
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010083NOTE: The syntax files on MS-Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000084The files for Unix end in <NL>. This means you should use the right type of
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010085file for your system. Although on MS-Windows the right format is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000086automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
87
88NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
89of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000090reading the |gvimrc|. This will cause the wrong default highlighting to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000091used. To set the default value of 'background' before switching on
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000092highlighting, include the ":gui" command in the |gvimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000093
94 :gui " open window and set default for 'background'
95 :syntax on " start highlighting, use 'background' to set colors
96
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000097NOTE: Using ":gui" in the |gvimrc| means that "gvim -f" won't start in the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098foreground! Use ":gui -f" then.
99
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200100 *g:syntax_on*
101You can toggle the syntax on/off with this command: >
102 :if exists("g:syntax_on") | syntax off | else | syntax enable | endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000103
104To put this into a mapping, you can use: >
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200105 :map <F7> :if exists("g:syntax_on") <Bar>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000106 \ syntax off <Bar>
107 \ else <Bar>
108 \ syntax enable <Bar>
109 \ endif <CR>
110[using the |<>| notation, type this literally]
111
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000112Details:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000113The ":syntax" commands are implemented by sourcing a file. To see exactly how
114this works, look in the file:
115 command file ~
116 :syntax enable $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
117 :syntax on $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
118 :syntax manual $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/manual.vim
119 :syntax off $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
120Also see |syntax-loading|.
121
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100122NOTE: If displaying long lines is slow and switching off syntax highlighting
123makes it fast, consider setting the 'synmaxcol' option to a lower value.
124
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000125==============================================================================
1262. Syntax files *:syn-files*
127
128The syntax and highlighting commands for one language are normally stored in
129a syntax file. The name convention is: "{name}.vim". Where {name} is the
130name of the language, or an abbreviation (to fit the name in 8.3 characters,
131a requirement in case the file is used on a DOS filesystem).
132Examples:
133 c.vim perl.vim java.vim html.vim
134 cpp.vim sh.vim csh.vim
135
136The syntax file can contain any Ex commands, just like a vimrc file. But
137the idea is that only commands for a specific language are included. When a
138language is a superset of another language, it may include the other one,
139for example, the cpp.vim file could include the c.vim file: >
140 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/c.vim
141
142The .vim files are normally loaded with an autocommand. For example: >
143 :au Syntax c runtime! syntax/c.vim
144 :au Syntax cpp runtime! syntax/cpp.vim
145These commands are normally in the file $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/synload.vim.
146
147
148MAKING YOUR OWN SYNTAX FILES *mysyntaxfile*
149
150When you create your own syntax files, and you want to have Vim use these
151automatically with ":syntax enable", do this:
152
1531. Create your user runtime directory. You would normally use the first item
154 of the 'runtimepath' option. Example for Unix: >
155 mkdir ~/.vim
156
1572. Create a directory in there called "syntax". For Unix: >
158 mkdir ~/.vim/syntax
159
1603. Write the Vim syntax file. Or download one from the internet. Then write
161 it in your syntax directory. For example, for the "mine" syntax: >
162 :w ~/.vim/syntax/mine.vim
163
164Now you can start using your syntax file manually: >
165 :set syntax=mine
166You don't have to exit Vim to use this.
167
168If you also want Vim to detect the type of file, see |new-filetype|.
169
170If you are setting up a system with many users and you don't want each user
171to add the same syntax file, you can use another directory from 'runtimepath'.
172
173
174ADDING TO AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-add*
175
176If you are mostly satisfied with an existing syntax file, but would like to
177add a few items or change the highlighting, follow these steps:
178
1791. Create your user directory from 'runtimepath', see above.
180
1812. Create a directory in there called "after/syntax". For Unix: >
182 mkdir ~/.vim/after
183 mkdir ~/.vim/after/syntax
184
1853. Write a Vim script that contains the commands you want to use. For
186 example, to change the colors for the C syntax: >
187 highlight cComment ctermfg=Green guifg=Green
188
1894. Write that file in the "after/syntax" directory. Use the name of the
190 syntax, with ".vim" added. For our C syntax: >
191 :w ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim
192
193That's it. The next time you edit a C file the Comment color will be
194different. You don't even have to restart Vim.
195
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +0000196If you have multiple files, you can use the filetype as the directory name.
197All the "*.vim" files in this directory will be used, for example:
198 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/one.vim
199 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/two.vim
200
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000201
202REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-replace*
203
204If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
205version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above. Just make sure
206that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +0200207Vim will only load the first syntax file found, assuming that it sets
208b:current_syntax.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000209
210
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100211NAMING CONVENTIONS *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
212
213A syntax group name is to be used for syntax items that match the same kind of
214thing. These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
215A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
216
Gregory Andersd4376dc2023-08-20 19:14:03 +0200217The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters,
218digits, underscores, dots, or hyphens. As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]*".
219However, Vim does not give an error when using other characters. The maximum
220length of a group name is about 200 bytes. *E1249*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000221
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +0100222To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000223be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
224These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
225you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
226
227 *Comment any comment
228
229 *Constant any constant
230 String a string constant: "this is a string"
231 Character a character constant: 'c', '\n'
232 Number a number constant: 234, 0xff
233 Boolean a boolean constant: TRUE, false
234 Float a floating point constant: 2.3e10
235
236 *Identifier any variable name
237 Function function name (also: methods for classes)
238
239 *Statement any statement
240 Conditional if, then, else, endif, switch, etc.
241 Repeat for, do, while, etc.
242 Label case, default, etc.
243 Operator "sizeof", "+", "*", etc.
244 Keyword any other keyword
245 Exception try, catch, throw
246
247 *PreProc generic Preprocessor
248 Include preprocessor #include
249 Define preprocessor #define
250 Macro same as Define
251 PreCondit preprocessor #if, #else, #endif, etc.
252
253 *Type int, long, char, etc.
254 StorageClass static, register, volatile, etc.
255 Structure struct, union, enum, etc.
256 Typedef A typedef
257
258 *Special any special symbol
259 SpecialChar special character in a constant
260 Tag you can use CTRL-] on this
261 Delimiter character that needs attention
262 SpecialComment special things inside a comment
263 Debug debugging statements
264
265 *Underlined text that stands out, HTML links
266
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200267 *Ignore left blank, hidden |hl-Ignore|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000268
269 *Error any erroneous construct
270
271 *Todo anything that needs extra attention; mostly the
272 keywords TODO FIXME and XXX
273
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +0100274 *Added added line in a diff
275 *Changed changed line in a diff
276 *Removed removed line in a diff
277
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000278The names marked with * are the preferred groups; the others are minor groups.
279For the preferred groups, the "syntax.vim" file contains default highlighting.
280The minor groups are linked to the preferred groups, so they get the same
281highlighting. You can override these defaults by using ":highlight" commands
282after sourcing the "syntax.vim" file.
283
284Note that highlight group names are not case sensitive. "String" and "string"
285can be used for the same group.
286
287The following names are reserved and cannot be used as a group name:
288 NONE ALL ALLBUT contains contained
289
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200290 *hl-Ignore*
291When using the Ignore group, you may also consider using the conceal
292mechanism. See |conceal|.
293
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000294==============================================================================
2953. Syntax loading procedure *syntax-loading*
296
297This explains the details that happen when the command ":syntax enable" is
298issued. When Vim initializes itself, it finds out where the runtime files are
299located. This is used here as the variable |$VIMRUNTIME|.
300
301":syntax enable" and ":syntax on" do the following:
302
303 Source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
304 |
305 +- Clear out any old syntax by sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
306 |
307 +- Source first syntax/synload.vim in 'runtimepath'
308 | |
309 | +- Setup the colors for syntax highlighting. If a color scheme is
310 | | defined it is loaded again with ":colors {name}". Otherwise
311 | | ":runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim" is used. ":syntax on" overrules
312 | | existing colors, ":syntax enable" only sets groups that weren't
313 | | set yet.
314 | |
315 | +- Set up syntax autocmds to load the appropriate syntax file when
316 | | the 'syntax' option is set. *synload-1*
317 | |
318 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the |mysyntaxfile| variable.
319 | This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only. *synload-2*
320 |
321 +- Do ":filetype on", which does ":runtime! filetype.vim". It loads any
322 | filetype.vim files found. It should always Source
323 | $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim, which does the following.
324 | |
325 | +- Install autocmds based on suffix to set the 'filetype' option
326 | | This is where the connection between file name and file type is
327 | | made for known file types. *synload-3*
328 | |
329 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myfiletypefile*
330 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
331 | | *synload-4*
332 | |
333 | +- Install one autocommand which sources scripts.vim when no file
334 | | type was detected yet. *synload-5*
335 | |
336 | +- Source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim, to setup the Syntax menu. |menu.vim|
337 |
338 +- Install a FileType autocommand to set the 'syntax' option when a file
339 | type has been detected. *synload-6*
340 |
341 +- Execute syntax autocommands to start syntax highlighting for each
342 already loaded buffer.
343
344
345Upon loading a file, Vim finds the relevant syntax file as follows:
346
347 Loading the file triggers the BufReadPost autocommands.
348 |
349 +- If there is a match with one of the autocommands from |synload-3|
350 | (known file types) or |synload-4| (user's file types), the 'filetype'
351 | option is set to the file type.
352 |
353 +- The autocommand at |synload-5| is triggered. If the file type was not
354 | found yet, then scripts.vim is searched for in 'runtimepath'. This
355 | should always load $VIMRUNTIME/scripts.vim, which does the following.
356 | |
357 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myscriptsfile*
358 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
359 | |
360 | +- If the file type is still unknown, check the contents of the file,
361 | again with checks like "getline(1) =~ pattern" as to whether the
362 | file type can be recognized, and set 'filetype'.
363 |
364 +- When the file type was determined and 'filetype' was set, this
365 | triggers the FileType autocommand |synload-6| above. It sets
366 | 'syntax' to the determined file type.
367 |
368 +- When the 'syntax' option was set above, this triggers an autocommand
369 | from |synload-1| (and |synload-2|). This find the main syntax file in
370 | 'runtimepath', with this command:
371 | runtime! syntax/<name>.vim
372 |
373 +- Any other user installed FileType or Syntax autocommands are
374 triggered. This can be used to change the highlighting for a specific
375 syntax.
376
377==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003784. Conversion to HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000379
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003802html is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200381window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000382
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200383After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser. The
384colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim. With
385|g:html_line_ids| you can jump to specific lines by adding (for example) #L123
386or #123 to the end of the URL in your browser's address bar. And with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +0200387|g:html_dynamic_folds| enabled, you can show or hide the text that is folded
388in Vim.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200389
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000390You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
391Source the script to convert the current file: >
392
393 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
394<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200395Many variables affect the output of 2html.vim; see below. Any of the on/off
396options listed below can be enabled or disabled by setting them explicitly to
397the desired value, or restored to their default by removing the variable using
398|:unlet|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000399
400Remarks:
Bram Moolenaar076e8b22010-08-05 21:54:00 +0200401- Some truly ancient browsers may not show the background colors.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000402- From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200403- The latest TOhtml may actually work with older versions of Vim, but some
Bram Moolenaar166af9b2010-11-16 20:34:40 +0100404 features such as conceal support will not function, and the colors may be
405 incorrect for an old Vim without GUI support compiled in.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000406
407Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
408Unix shell: >
409 for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
410<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200411 *g:html_start_line* *g:html_end_line*
412To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
413command below, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first
414and last line to be converted. Example, using the last set Visual area: >
415
416 :let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
417 :let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
418 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
419<
420 *:TOhtml*
421:[range]TOhtml The ":TOhtml" command is defined in a standard plugin.
422 This command will source |2html.vim| for you. When a
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200423 range is given, this command sets |g:html_start_line|
424 and |g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the
425 range, respectively. Default range is the entire
426 buffer.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200427
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200428 If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
429 |g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
430 all windows which are part of the diff in the current
431 tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
432 in the generated HTML. With |g:html_line_ids| you can
433 jump to lines in specific windows with (for example)
434 #W1L42 for line 42 in the first diffed window, or
435 #W3L87 for line 87 in the third.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200436
437 Examples: >
438
439 :10,40TOhtml " convert lines 10-40 to html
440 :'<,'>TOhtml " convert current/last visual selection
441 :TOhtml " convert entire buffer
442<
443 *g:html_diff_one_file*
444Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200445When 0, and using |:TOhtml| all windows involved in a |diff| in the current tab
446page are converted to HTML and placed side-by-side in a <table> element. When
4471, only the current buffer is converted.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200448Example: >
449
450 let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
451<
452 *g:html_whole_filler*
453Default: 0.
454When 0, if |g:html_diff_one_file| is 1, a sequence of more than 3 filler lines
455is displayed as three lines with the middle line mentioning the total number
456of inserted lines.
457When 1, always display all inserted lines as if |g:html_diff_one_file| were
458not set.
459>
460 :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
461<
462 *TOhtml-performance* *g:html_no_progress*
463Default: 0.
464When 0, display a progress bar in the statusline for each major step in the
4652html.vim conversion process.
466When 1, do not display the progress bar. This offers a minor speed improvement
467but you won't have any idea how much longer the conversion might take; for big
468files it can take a long time!
469Example: >
470
471 let g:html_no_progress = 1
472<
473You can obtain better performance improvements by also instructing Vim to not
474run interactively, so that too much time is not taken to redraw as the script
475moves through the buffer, switches windows, and the like: >
476
477 vim -E -s -c "let g:html_no_progress=1" -c "syntax on" -c "set ft=c" -c "runtime syntax/2html.vim" -cwqa myfile.c
478<
479Note that the -s flag prevents loading your .vimrc and any plugins, so you
480need to explicitly source/enable anything that will affect the HTML
481conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
482script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
483specifying each command separately.
484
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100485 *hl-TOhtmlProgress* *TOhtml-progress-color*
486When displayed, the progress bar will show colored boxes along the statusline
487as the HTML conversion proceeds. By default, the background color as the
488current "DiffDelete" highlight group is used. If "DiffDelete" and "StatusLine"
489have the same background color, TOhtml will automatically adjust the color to
490differ. If you do not like the automatically selected colors, you can define
491your own highlight colors for the progress bar. Example: >
492
493 hi TOhtmlProgress guifg=#c0ffee ctermbg=7
494<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200495 *g:html_number_lines*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100496Default: Current 'number' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200497When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
498When 1, a column of line numbers is added to the generated HTML with the same
499highlighting as the line number column in Vim (|hl-LineNr|).
500Force line numbers even if 'number' is not set: >
501 :let g:html_number_lines = 1
502Force to omit the line numbers: >
503 :let g:html_number_lines = 0
504Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
505 :unlet g:html_number_lines
506<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100507 *g:html_line_ids*
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200508Default: 1 if |g:html_number_lines| is set, 0 otherwise.
509When 1, adds an HTML id attribute to each line number, or to an empty <span>
510inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
511takes the form of L123 for single-buffer HTML pages, or W2L123 for diff-view
512pages, and is used to jump to a specific line (in a specific window of a diff
513view). Javascript is inserted to open any closed dynamic folds
Bram Moolenaar34401cc2014-08-29 15:12:19 +0200514(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specified line before jumping. The
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200515javascript also allows omitting the window ID in the url, and the leading L.
516For example: >
517
518 page.html#L123 jumps to line 123 in a single-buffer file
519 page.html#123 does the same
520
521 diff.html#W1L42 jumps to line 42 in the first window in a diff
522 diff.html#42 does the same
523<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200524 *g:html_use_css*
525Default: 1.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100526When 1, generate valid HTML 5 markup with CSS styling, supported in all modern
527browsers and many old browsers.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200528When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
529recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
530forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
531Example: >
532 :let g:html_use_css = 0
533<
534 *g:html_ignore_conceal*
535Default: 0.
536When 0, concealed text is removed from the HTML and replaced with a character
537from |:syn-cchar| or 'listchars' as appropriate, depending on the current
538value of 'conceallevel'.
539When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML, even if it is
540|conceal|ed.
541
542Either of the following commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is
543included in the generated HTML (unless it is folded): >
544 :let g:html_ignore_conceal = 1
545 :setl conceallevel=0
546<
547 *g:html_ignore_folding*
548Default: 0.
549When 0, text in a closed fold is replaced by the text shown for the fold in
550Vim (|fold-foldtext|). See |g:html_dynamic_folds| if you also want to allow
551the user to expand the fold as in Vim to see the text inside.
552When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML; whether the
553text is in a fold has no impact at all. |g:html_dynamic_folds| has no effect.
554
555Either of these commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is included
556in the generated HTML (unless it is concealed): >
557 zR
558 :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
559<
560 *g:html_dynamic_folds*
561Default: 0.
562When 0, text in a closed fold is not included at all in the generated HTML.
563When 1, generate javascript to open a fold and show the text within, just like
564in Vim.
565
566Setting this variable to 1 causes 2html.vim to always use CSS for styling,
567regardless of what |g:html_use_css| is set to.
568
569This variable is ignored when |g:html_ignore_folding| is set.
570>
571 :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
572<
573 *g:html_no_foldcolumn*
574Default: 0.
575When 0, if |g:html_dynamic_folds| is 1, generate a column of text similar to
576Vim's foldcolumn (|fold-foldcolumn|) the user can click on to toggle folds
577open or closed. The minimum width of the generated text column is the current
578'foldcolumn' setting.
579When 1, do not generate this column; instead, hovering the mouse cursor over
580folded text will open the fold as if |g:html_hover_unfold| were set.
581>
582 :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
583<
584 *TOhtml-uncopyable-text* *g:html_prevent_copy*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100585Default: Empty string.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200586This option prevents certain regions of the generated HTML from being copied,
587when you select all text in document rendered in a browser and copy it. Useful
588for allowing users to copy-paste only the source text even if a fold column or
589line numbers are shown in the generated content. Specify regions to be
590affected in this way as follows:
591 f: fold column
592 n: line numbers (also within fold text)
593 t: fold text
594 d: diff filler
595
596Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
597 :let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
598<
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100599The method used to prevent copying in the generated page depends on the value
600of |g:html_use_input_for_pc|.
601
602 *g:html_use_input_for_pc*
fritzophrenic86cfb392023-09-08 12:20:01 -0500603Default: "none"
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100604If |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, then:
605
606When "all", read-only <input> elements are used in place of normal text for
607uncopyable regions. In some browsers, especially older browsers, after
608selecting an entire page and copying the selection, the <input> tags are not
609pasted with the page text. If |g:html_no_invalid| is 0, the <input> tags have
610invalid type; this works in more browsers, but the page will not validate.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100611Note: This method does NOT work in recent versions of Chrome and equivalent
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100612browsers; the <input> tags get pasted with the text.
613
614When "fallback" (default value), the same <input> elements are generated for
615older browsers, but newer browsers (detected by CSS feature query) hide the
616<input> elements and instead use generated content in an ::before pseudoelement
617to display the uncopyable text. This method should work with the largest
618number of browsers, both old and new.
619
620When "none", the <input> elements are not generated at all. Only the
621generated-content method is used. This means that old browsers, notably
622Internet Explorer, will either copy the text intended not to be copyable, or
623the non-copyable text may not appear at all. However, this is the most
624standards-based method, and there will be much less markup.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200625
626 *g:html_no_invalid*
627Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100628When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty and |g:html_use_input_for_pc| is
629not "none", an invalid attribute is intentionally inserted into the <input>
630element for the uncopyable areas. This prevents pasting the <input> elements
631in some applications. Specifically, some versions of Microsoft Word will not
632paste the <input> elements if they contain this invalid attribute. When 1, no
633invalid markup is inserted, and the generated page should validate. However,
634<input> elements may be pasted into some applications and can be difficult to
635remove afterward.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200636
637 *g:html_hover_unfold*
638Default: 0.
639When 0, the only way to open a fold generated by 2html.vim with
640|g:html_dynamic_folds| set, is to click on the generated fold column.
641When 1, use CSS 2.0 to allow the user to open a fold by moving the mouse
642cursor over the displayed fold text. This is useful to allow users with
643disabled javascript to view the folded text.
644
645Note that old browsers (notably Internet Explorer 6) will not support this
646feature. Browser-specific markup for IE6 is included to fall back to the
647normal CSS1 styling so that the folds show up correctly for this browser, but
648they will not be openable without a foldcolumn.
649>
650 :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
651<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200652 *g:html_id_expr*
653Default: ""
654Dynamic folding and jumping to line IDs rely on unique IDs within the document
655to work. If generated HTML is copied into a larger document, these IDs are no
656longer guaranteed to be unique. Set g:html_id_expr to an expression Vim can
657evaluate to get a unique string to append to each ID used in a given document,
658so that the full IDs will be unique even when combined with other content in a
659larger HTML document. Example, to append _ and the buffer number to each ID: >
660
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +0000661 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_" .. bufnr("%")'
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200662<
663To append a string "_mystring" to the end of each ID: >
664
665 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_mystring"'
666<
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100667Note: When converting a diff view to HTML, the expression will only be
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200668evaluated for the first window in the diff, and the result used for all the
669windows.
670
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200671 *TOhtml-wrap-text* *g:html_pre_wrap*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100672Default: Current 'wrap' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200673When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, the text in the generated HTML does
674not wrap at the edge of the browser window.
675When 1, if |g:html_use_css| is 1, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
676used, causing the text to wrap at whitespace at the edge of the browser
677window.
678Explicitly enable text wrapping: >
679 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
680Explicitly disable wrapping: >
681 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
682Go back to default, determine wrapping from 'wrap' setting: >
683 :unlet g:html_pre_wrap
684<
685 *g:html_no_pre*
686Default: 0.
687When 0, buffer text in the generated HTML is surrounded by <pre>...</pre>
688tags. Series of whitespace is shown as in Vim without special markup, and tab
689characters can be included literally (see |g:html_expand_tabs|).
690When 1 (not recommended), the <pre> tags are omitted, and a plain <div> is
691used instead. Whitespace is replaced by a series of &nbsp; character
692references, and <br> is used to end each line. This is another way to allow
693text in the generated HTML is wrap (see |g:html_pre_wrap|) which also works in
694old browsers, but may cause noticeable differences between Vim's display and
695the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
696>
697 :let g:html_no_pre = 1
698<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100699 *g:html_no_doc*
700Default: 0.
701When 1 it doesn't generate a full HTML document with a DOCTYPE, <head>,
702<body>, etc. If |g:html_use_css| is enabled (the default) you'll have to
703define the CSS manually. The |g:html_dynamic_folds| and |g:html_line_ids|
704settings (off by default) also insert some JavaScript.
705
706
707 *g:html_no_links*
708Default: 0.
709Don't generate <a> tags for text that looks like an URL.
710
711 *g:html_no_modeline*
712Default: 0.
713Don't generate a modeline disabling folding.
714
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200715 *g:html_expand_tabs*
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100716Default: 0 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, 'vartabstop' is not in use,
717 and no fold column or line numbers occur in the generated HTML;
718 1 otherwise.
719When 1, <Tab> characters in the buffer text are replaced with an appropriate
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200720number of space characters, or &nbsp; references if |g:html_no_pre| is 1.
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100721When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, <Tab> characters in the buffer text
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200722are included as-is in the generated HTML. This is useful for when you want to
723allow copy and paste from a browser without losing the actual whitespace in
724the source document. Note that this can easily break text alignment and
725indentation in the HTML, unless set by default.
726
727Force |2html.vim| to keep <Tab> characters: >
728 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 0
729<
730Force tabs to be expanded: >
731 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 1
732<
733 *TOhtml-encoding-detect* *TOhtml-encoding*
734It is highly recommended to set your desired encoding with
735|g:html_use_encoding| for any content which will be placed on a web server.
736
737If you do not specify an encoding, |2html.vim| uses the preferred IANA name
738for the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or 'encoding' if not.
739'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. 'fileencoding' will be
740set to match the chosen document encoding.
741
742Automatic detection works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in
743|encoding-names|, but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings with
744wide browser support. However, you can override this to support specific
745encodings that may not be automatically detected by default (see options
746below). See http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets for the IANA names.
747
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100748Note: By default all Unicode encodings are converted to UTF-8 with no BOM in
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200749the generated HTML, as recommended by W3C:
750
751 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-choosing-encodings
752 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-byte-order-mark
753
754 *g:html_use_encoding*
755Default: none, uses IANA name for current 'fileencoding' as above.
756To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
757name of the charset to be used. It is recommended to set this variable to
758something widely supported, like UTF-8, for anything you will be hosting on a
759webserver: >
760 :let g:html_use_encoding = "UTF-8"
761You can also use this option to omit the line that specifies the charset
762entirely, by setting g:html_use_encoding to an empty string (NOT recommended): >
763 :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
764To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the |g:html_use_encoding|
765variable: >
766 :unlet g:html_use_encoding
767<
768 *g:html_encoding_override*
769Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
770 mentioned by name at |encoding-names|.
771This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the correct 'fileencoding' when you
772specify an encoding with |g:html_use_encoding| which is not in the default
773list of conversions.
774
775This is a dictionary of charset-encoding pairs that will replace existing
776pairs automatically detected by TOhtml, or supplement with new pairs.
777
778Detect the HTML charset "windows-1252" as the encoding "8bit-cp1252": >
779 :let g:html_encoding_override = {'windows-1252': '8bit-cp1252'}
780<
781 *g:html_charset_override*
782Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
783 mentioned by name at |encoding-names| and which have wide
784 browser support.
785This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the HTML charset for any
786'fileencoding' or 'encoding' which is not detected automatically. You can also
787use it to override specific existing encoding-charset pairs. For example,
788TOhtml will by default use UTF-8 for all Unicode/UCS encodings. To use UTF-16
789and UTF-32 instead, use: >
790 :let g:html_charset_override = {'ucs-4': 'UTF-32', 'utf-16': 'UTF-16'}
791
792Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
793compatibility problems with some major browsers.
794
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200795 *g:html_font*
796Default: "monospace"
797You can specify the font or fonts used in the converted document using
798g:html_font. If this option is set to a string, then the value will be
799surrounded with single quotes. If this option is set to a list then each list
800item is surrounded by single quotes and the list is joined with commas. Either
801way, "monospace" is added as the fallback generic family name and the entire
802result used as the font family (using CSS) or font face (if not using CSS).
803Examples: >
804
805 " font-family: 'Consolas', monospace;
806 :let g:html_font = "Consolas"
807
808 " font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Consolas', monospace;
809 :let g:html_font = ["DejaVu Sans Mono", "Consolas"]
810<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200811 *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML* *g:html_use_xhtml*
812Default: 0.
813When 0, generate standard HTML 4.01 (strict when possible).
814When 1, generate XHTML 1.0 instead (XML compliant HTML).
815>
816 :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
817<
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100818==============================================================================
8195. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks*
820
821 *b:current_syntax-variable*
822Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
823"b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other
824settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: >
825 :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
826 :au BufReadPost * do-some-things
827 :au BufReadPost * endif
828
829
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000830
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000831ABEL *abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000832
833ABEL highlighting provides some user-defined options. To enable them, assign
834any value to the respective variable. Example: >
835 :let abel_obsolete_ok=1
836To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
837 :unlet abel_obsolete_ok
838
839Variable Highlight ~
840abel_obsolete_ok obsolete keywords are statements, not errors
841abel_cpp_comments_illegal do not interpret '//' as inline comment leader
842
843
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000844ADA
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000845
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000846See |ft-ada-syntax|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000847
848
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000849ANT *ant.vim* *ft-ant-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000850
851The ant syntax file provides syntax highlighting for javascript and python
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000852by default. Syntax highlighting for other script languages can be installed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000853by the function AntSyntaxScript(), which takes the tag name as first argument
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000854and the script syntax file name as second argument. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000855
856 :call AntSyntaxScript('perl', 'perl.vim')
857
858will install syntax perl highlighting for the following ant code >
859
860 <script language = 'perl'><![CDATA[
861 # everything inside is highlighted as perl
862 ]]></script>
863
864See |mysyntaxfile-add| for installing script languages permanently.
865
866
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000867APACHE *apache.vim* *ft-apache-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000868
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +0100869The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting for Apache HTTP server
870version 2.2.3.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000871
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000872
873 *asm.vim* *asmh8300.vim* *nasm.vim* *masm.vim* *asm68k*
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000874ASSEMBLY *ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
875 *ft-masm-syntax* *ft-asm68k-syntax* *fasm.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000876
877Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic detection
878doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
879startup vimrc: >
880 :let filetype_i = "asm"
881Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
882
883There are many types of assembly languages that all use the same file name
884extensions. Therefore you will have to select the type yourself, or add a
885line in the assembly file that Vim will recognize. Currently these syntax
886files are included:
887 asm GNU assembly (the default)
888 asm68k Motorola 680x0 assembly
889 asmh8300 Hitachi H-8300 version of GNU assembly
890 ia64 Intel Itanium 64
891 fasm Flat assembly (http://flatassembler.net)
892 masm Microsoft assembly (probably works for any 80x86)
893 nasm Netwide assembly
894 tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
895 MMX)
896 pic PIC assembly (currently for PIC16F84)
897
898The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100899 asmsyntax=nasm
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000900Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax. This line must be
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100901one of the first five lines in the file. No non-white text must be
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +0200902immediately before or after this text. Note that specifying asmsyntax=foo is
903equivalent to setting ft=foo in a |modeline|, and that in case of a conflict
904between the two settings the one from the modeline will take precedence (in
905particular, if you have ft=asm in the modeline, you will get the GNU syntax
906highlighting regardless of what is specified as asmsyntax).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000907
908The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
909b:asmsyntax variable: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000910 :let b:asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000911
912If b:asmsyntax is not set, either automatically or by hand, then the value of
913the global variable asmsyntax is used. This can be seen as a default assembly
914language: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000915 :let asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000916
917As a last resort, if nothing is defined, the "asm" syntax is used.
918
919
920Netwide assembler (nasm.vim) optional highlighting ~
921
922To enable a feature: >
923 :let {variable}=1|set syntax=nasm
924To disable a feature: >
925 :unlet {variable} |set syntax=nasm
926
927Variable Highlight ~
928nasm_loose_syntax unofficial parser allowed syntax not as Error
929 (parser dependent; not recommended)
930nasm_ctx_outside_macro contexts outside macro not as Error
931nasm_no_warn potentially risky syntax not as ToDo
932
933
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000934ASPPERL and ASPVBS *ft-aspperl-syntax* *ft-aspvbs-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000935
936*.asp and *.asa files could be either Perl or Visual Basic script. Since it's
937hard to detect this you can set two global variables to tell Vim what you are
938using. For Perl script use: >
939 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspperl"
940 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspperl"
941For Visual Basic use: >
942 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspvbs"
943 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspvbs"
944
945
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000946BAAN *baan.vim* *baan-syntax*
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000947
Bram Moolenaar53f7fcc2021-07-28 20:10:16 +0200948The baan.vim gives syntax support for BaanC of release BaanIV up to SSA ERP LN
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000949for both 3 GL and 4 GL programming. Large number of standard defines/constants
950are supported.
951
952Some special violation of coding standards will be signalled when one specify
953in ones |.vimrc|: >
954 let baan_code_stds=1
955
956*baan-folding*
957
958Syntax folding can be enabled at various levels through the variables
959mentioned below (Set those in your |.vimrc|). The more complex folding on
960source blocks and SQL can be CPU intensive.
961
962To allow any folding and enable folding at function level use: >
963 let baan_fold=1
964Folding can be enabled at source block level as if, while, for ,... The
965indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to match (spaces are not
966considered equal to a tab). >
967 let baan_fold_block=1
968Folding can be enabled for embedded SQL blocks as SELECT, SELECTDO,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000969SELECTEMPTY, ... The indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000970match (spaces are not considered equal to a tab). >
971 let baan_fold_sql=1
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000972Note: Block folding can result in many small folds. It is suggested to |:set|
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000973the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |.vimrc| or use |:setlocal| in
974.../after/syntax/baan.vim (see |after-directory|). Eg: >
975 set foldminlines=5
976 set foldnestmax=6
977
978
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000979BASIC *basic.vim* *vb.vim* *ft-basic-syntax* *ft-vb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000980
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +0000981Both Visual Basic and "normal" BASIC use the extension ".bas". To detect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000982which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
983five lines of the file. If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
984otherwise "vb". Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
985Basic.
986
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +0000987If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
988example, FreeBASIC files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
989 :let filetype_bas = "freebasic"
990
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000991
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000992C *c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000993
994A few things in C highlighting are optional. To enable them assign any value
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100995(including zero) to the respective variable. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000996 :let c_comment_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100997 :let c_no_bracket_error = 0
998To disable them use `:unlet`. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000999 :unlet c_comment_strings
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001000Setting the value to zero doesn't work!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001001
Bram Moolenaarba3ff532018-11-04 14:45:49 +01001002An alternative is to switch to the C++ highlighting: >
1003 :set filetype=cpp
1004
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001005Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001006*c_gnu* GNU gcc specific items
1007*c_comment_strings* strings and numbers inside a comment
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001008*c_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1009*c_no_trail_space_error* ... but no trailing spaces
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001010*c_no_tab_space_error* ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
1011*c_no_bracket_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
1012*c_no_curly_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001013 ...except { and } in first column
1014 Default is to highlight them, otherwise you
1015 can't spot a missing ")".
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001016*c_curly_error* highlight a missing } by finding all pairs; this
1017 forces syncing from the start of the file, can be slow
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001018*c_no_ansi* don't do standard ANSI types and constants
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001019*c_ansi_typedefs* ... but do standard ANSI types
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001020*c_ansi_constants* ... but do standard ANSI constants
1021*c_no_utf* don't highlight \u and \U in strings
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001022*c_syntax_for_h* for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02001023 syntax instead of objcpp
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001024*c_no_if0* don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
1025*c_no_cformat* don't highlight %-formats in strings
1026*c_no_c99* don't highlight C99 standard items
1027*c_no_c11* don't highlight C11 standard items
1028*c_no_bsd* don't highlight BSD specific types
Luca Saccarolaca0e9822023-12-24 18:57:02 +01001029*c_functions* highlight function calls and definitions
1030*c_function_pointers* highlight function pointers definitions
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001031
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001032When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
1033become a fold. If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
1034 :let c_no_comment_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaarf9393ef2006-04-24 19:47:27 +00001035"#if 0" blocks are also folded, unless: >
1036 :let c_no_if0_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001037
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001038If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
1039when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "c_minlines" internal variable
1040to a larger number: >
1041 :let c_minlines = 100
1042This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
1043displayed line. The default value is 50 (15 when c_no_if0 is set). The
1044disadvantage of using a larger number is that redrawing can become slow.
1045
1046When using the "#if 0" / "#endif" comment highlighting, notice that this only
1047works when the "#if 0" is within "c_minlines" from the top of the window. If
1048you have a long "#if 0" construct it will not be highlighted correctly.
1049
1050To match extra items in comments, use the cCommentGroup cluster.
1051Example: >
1052 :au Syntax c call MyCadd()
1053 :function MyCadd()
1054 : syn keyword cMyItem contained Ni
1055 : syn cluster cCommentGroup add=cMyItem
1056 : hi link cMyItem Title
1057 :endfun
1058
1059ANSI constants will be highlighted with the "cConstant" group. This includes
1060"NULL", "SIG_IGN" and others. But not "TRUE", for example, because this is
1061not in the ANSI standard. If you find this confusing, remove the cConstant
1062highlighting: >
1063 :hi link cConstant NONE
1064
1065If you see '{' and '}' highlighted as an error where they are OK, reset the
1066highlighting for cErrInParen and cErrInBracket.
1067
1068If you want to use folding in your C files, you can add these lines in a file
Bram Moolenaar06b5d512010-05-22 15:37:44 +02001069in the "after" directory in 'runtimepath'. For Unix this would be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001070~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001071 syn sync fromstart
1072 set foldmethod=syntax
1073
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001074CH *ch.vim* *ft-ch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00001075
1076C/C++ interpreter. Ch has similar syntax highlighting to C and builds upon
1077the C syntax file. See |c.vim| for all the settings that are available for C.
1078
1079By setting a variable you can tell Vim to use Ch syntax for *.h files, instead
1080of C or C++: >
1081 :let ch_syntax_for_h = 1
1082
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001083
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001084CHILL *chill.vim* *ft-chill-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001085
1086Chill syntax highlighting is similar to C. See |c.vim| for all the settings
1087that are available. Additionally there is:
1088
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001089chill_space_errors like c_space_errors
1090chill_comment_string like c_comment_strings
1091chill_minlines like c_minlines
1092
1093
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001094CHANGELOG *changelog.vim* *ft-changelog-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001095
1096ChangeLog supports highlighting spaces at the start of a line.
1097If you do not like this, add following line to your .vimrc: >
1098 let g:changelog_spacing_errors = 0
1099This works the next time you edit a changelog file. You can also use
1100"b:changelog_spacing_errors" to set this per buffer (before loading the syntax
1101file).
1102
1103You can change the highlighting used, e.g., to flag the spaces as an error: >
1104 :hi link ChangelogError Error
1105Or to avoid the highlighting: >
1106 :hi link ChangelogError NONE
1107This works immediately.
1108
1109
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001110CLOJURE *ft-clojure-syntax*
1111
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001112 *g:clojure_syntax_keywords*
1113
1114Syntax highlighting of public vars in "clojure.core" is provided by default,
1115but additional symbols can be highlighted by adding them to the
1116|g:clojure_syntax_keywords| variable. The value should be a |Dictionary| of
1117syntax group names, each containing a |List| of identifiers.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001118>
1119 let g:clojure_syntax_keywords = {
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001120 \ 'clojureMacro': ["defproject", "defcustom"],
1121 \ 'clojureFunc': ["string/join", "string/replace"]
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001122 \ }
1123<
1124Refer to the Clojure syntax script for valid syntax group names.
1125
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001126There is also *b:clojure_syntax_keywords* which is a buffer-local variant of
1127this variable intended for use by plugin authors to highlight symbols
1128dynamically.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001129
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001130By setting the *b:clojure_syntax_without_core_keywords* variable, vars from
1131"clojure.core" will not be highlighted by default. This is useful for
1132namespaces that have set `(:refer-clojure :only [])`
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001133
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001134
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001135 *g:clojure_fold*
1136
1137Setting |g:clojure_fold| to `1` will enable the folding of Clojure code. Any
1138list, vector or map that extends over more than one line can be folded using
1139the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
1140
1141
1142 *g:clojure_discard_macro*
1143
1144Set this variable to `1` to enable basic highlighting of Clojure's "discard
1145reader macro".
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001146>
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001147 #_(defn foo [x]
1148 (println x))
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001149<
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001150Note that this option will not correctly highlight stacked discard macros
1151(e.g. `#_#_`).
1152
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001153
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001154COBOL *cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001155
1156COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
1157development. This is due to differences in what is being done (maintenance
1158versus development) and other factors. To enable legacy code highlighting,
1159add this line to your .vimrc: >
1160 :let cobol_legacy_code = 1
1161To disable it again, use this: >
1162 :unlet cobol_legacy_code
1163
1164
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001165COLD FUSION *coldfusion.vim* *ft-coldfusion-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001166
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001167The ColdFusion has its own version of HTML comments. To turn on ColdFusion
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001168comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1169
1170 :let html_wrong_comments = 1
1171
1172The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
1173
1174
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001175CPP *cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
1176
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001177Most things are the same as |ft-c-syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001178
1179Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01001180cpp_no_cpp11 don't highlight C++11 standard items
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01001181cpp_no_cpp14 don't highlight C++14 standard items
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001182cpp_no_cpp17 don't highlight C++17 standard items
1183cpp_no_cpp20 don't highlight C++20 standard items
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001184
1185
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001186CSH *csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001187
1188This covers the shell named "csh". Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
1189used.
1190
1191Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard. Some systems
1192symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
1193between csh and tcsh. In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001194"filetype_csh" variable. For using csh: *g:filetype_csh*
1195>
1196 :let g:filetype_csh = "csh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001197
1198For using tcsh: >
1199
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001200 :let g:filetype_csh = "tcsh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001201
1202Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
1203tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh. All other tcsh/csh scripts
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001204will be classified as tcsh, UNLESS the "filetype_csh" variable exists. If the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001205"filetype_csh" variable exists, the filetype will be set to the value of the
1206variable.
1207
1208
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001209CYNLIB *cynlib.vim* *ft-cynlib-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001210
1211Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001212hardware modelling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a .cc
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001213or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them from a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001214normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files, add this
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001215line to your .vimrc file: >
1216
1217 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
1218
1219Similarly for cpp files (this extension is only usually used in Windows) >
1220
1221 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp=1
1222
1223To disable these again, use this: >
1224
1225 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cc
1226 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp
1227<
1228
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001229CWEB *cweb.vim* *ft-cweb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001230
1231Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
1232doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
1233startup vimrc: >
1234 :let filetype_w = "cweb"
1235
1236
Bram Moolenaar96f45c02019-10-26 19:53:45 +02001237DART *dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*
1238
1239Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
1240used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications. Dart uses
1241a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
1242from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
1243
1244More information about the language and its development environment at the
1245official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
1246
1247dart.vim syntax detects and highlights Dart statements, reserved words,
1248type declarations, storage classes, conditionals, loops, interpolated values,
1249and comments. There is no support idioms from Flutter or any other Dart
1250framework.
1251
1252Changes, fixes? Submit an issue or pull request via:
1253
1254https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/dart-vim-syntax/
1255
1256
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001257DESKTOP *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001258
1259Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
Bram Moolenaara17d4c12010-05-30 18:30:36 +02001260according to freedesktop.org standard:
Bram Moolenaar65e0d772020-06-14 17:29:55 +02001261https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
1262To highlight nonstandard extensions that does not begin with X-, set >
1263 let g:desktop_enable_nonstd = 1
1264Note that this may cause wrong highlight.
1265To highlight KDE-reserved features, set >
1266 let g:desktop_enable_kde = 1
1267g:desktop_enable_kde follows g:desktop_enable_nonstd if not supplied
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001268
1269
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +01001270DIFF *diff.vim*
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001271
1272The diff highlighting normally finds translated headers. This can be slow if
1273there are very long lines in the file. To disable translations: >
1274
1275 :let diff_translations = 0
1276
Bram Moolenaar0122c402015-02-03 19:13:34 +01001277Also see |diff-slow|.
1278
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001279DIRCOLORS *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001280
1281The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option. It exists to
1282provide compatibility with the Slackware GNU/Linux distributions version of
1283the command. It adds a few keywords that are generally ignored by most
1284versions. On Slackware systems, however, the utility accepts the keywords and
1285uses them for processing. To enable the Slackware keywords add the following
1286line to your startup file: >
1287 let dircolors_is_slackware = 1
1288
1289
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001290DOCBOOK *docbk.vim* *ft-docbk-syntax* *docbook*
Bram Moolenaar81af9252010-12-10 20:35:50 +01001291DOCBOOK XML *docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
1292DOCBOOK SGML *docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001293
1294There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML. To specify what type you
1295are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set. Vim does this for you
1296automatically if it can recognize the type. When Vim can't guess it the type
1297defaults to XML.
1298You can set the type manually: >
1299 :let docbk_type = "sgml"
1300or: >
1301 :let docbk_type = "xml"
1302You need to do this before loading the syntax file, which is complicated.
1303Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
1304 :set filetype=docbksgml
1305or: >
1306 :set filetype=docbkxml
1307
Bram Moolenaar2df58b42012-11-28 18:21:11 +01001308You can specify the DocBook version: >
1309 :let docbk_ver = 3
1310When not set 4 is used.
1311
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001312
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001313DOSBATCH *dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001314
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001315Select the set of Windows Command interpreter extensions that should be
1316supported with the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion. For versions of Windows
1317NT (before Windows 2000) this should have the value of 1. For Windows 2000
1318and later it should be 2.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001319Select the version you want with the following line: >
1320
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001321 :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001322
1323If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001324Windows 2000 and later.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001325
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001326The original MS-DOS supports an idiom of using a double colon (::) as an
1327alternative way to enter a comment line. This idiom can be used with the
1328current Windows Command Interpreter, but it can lead to problems when used
1329inside ( ... ) command blocks. You can find a discussion about this on
1330Stack Overflow -
1331
1332https://stackoverflow.com/questions/12407800/which-comment-style-should-i-use-in-batch-files
1333
1334To allow the use of the :: idiom for comments in the Windows Command
1335Interpreter or working with MS-DOS bat files, set the
1336dosbatch_colons_comment variable to anything: >
1337
1338 :let dosbatch_colons_comment = 1
1339
1340There is an option that covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001341"dosbatch" (MS-DOS batch files) or type "btm" (4DOS batch files). The latter
1342is used by default. You may select the former with the following line: >
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001343
1344 :let g:dosbatch_syntax_for_btm = 1
1345
1346If this variable is undefined or zero, btm syntax is selected.
1347
1348
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001349DOXYGEN *doxygen.vim* *doxygen-syntax*
1350
1351Doxygen generates code documentation using a special documentation format
Bram Moolenaare37d50a2008-08-06 17:06:04 +00001352(similar to Javadoc). This syntax script adds doxygen highlighting to c, cpp,
1353idl and php files, and should also work with java.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001354
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001355There are a few of ways to turn on doxygen formatting. It can be done
1356explicitly or in a modeline by appending '.doxygen' to the syntax of the file.
1357Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001358 :set syntax=c.doxygen
1359or >
1360 // vim:syntax=c.doxygen
1361
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01001362It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C#, IDL and PHP files by setting
1363the global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax. This is done by
1364adding the following to your .vimrc. >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001365 :let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
1366
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001367There are a couple of variables that have an effect on syntax highlighting,
1368and are to do with non-standard highlighting options.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001369
1370Variable Default Effect ~
1371g:doxygen_enhanced_color
1372g:doxygen_enhanced_colour 0 Use non-standard highlighting for
1373 doxygen comments.
1374
1375doxygen_my_rendering 0 Disable rendering of HTML bold, italic
1376 and html_my_rendering underline.
1377
1378doxygen_javadoc_autobrief 1 Set to 0 to disable javadoc autobrief
1379 colour highlighting.
1380
1381doxygen_end_punctuation '[.]' Set to regexp match for the ending
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001382 punctuation of brief
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001383
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02001384There are also some highlight groups worth mentioning as they can be useful in
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001385configuration.
1386
1387Highlight Effect ~
1388doxygenErrorComment The colour of an end-comment when missing
1389 punctuation in a code, verbatim or dot section
1390doxygenLinkError The colour of an end-comment when missing the
1391 \endlink from a \link section.
1392
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001393
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001394DTD *dtd.vim* *ft-dtd-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001395
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001396The DTD syntax highlighting is case sensitive by default. To disable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001397case-sensitive highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1398
1399 :let dtd_ignore_case=1
1400
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001401The DTD syntax file will highlight unknown tags as errors. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001402this is annoying, it can be turned off by setting: >
1403
1404 :let dtd_no_tag_errors=1
1405
1406before sourcing the dtd.vim syntax file.
1407Parameter entity names are highlighted in the definition using the
1408'Type' highlighting group and 'Comment' for punctuation and '%'.
1409Parameter entity instances are highlighted using the 'Constant'
1410highlighting group and the 'Type' highlighting group for the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001411delimiters % and ;. This can be turned off by setting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001412
1413 :let dtd_no_param_entities=1
1414
1415The DTD syntax file is also included by xml.vim to highlight included dtd's.
1416
1417
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001418EIFFEL *eiffel.vim* *ft-eiffel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001419
1420While Eiffel is not case-sensitive, its style guidelines are, and the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001421syntax highlighting file encourages their use. This also allows to
1422highlight class names differently. If you want to disable case-sensitive
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001423highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1424
1425 :let eiffel_ignore_case=1
1426
1427Case still matters for class names and TODO marks in comments.
1428
1429Conversely, for even stricter checks, add one of the following lines: >
1430
1431 :let eiffel_strict=1
1432 :let eiffel_pedantic=1
1433
1434Setting eiffel_strict will only catch improper capitalization for the
1435five predefined words "Current", "Void", "Result", "Precursor", and
1436"NONE", to warn against their accidental use as feature or class names.
1437
1438Setting eiffel_pedantic will enforce adherence to the Eiffel style
1439guidelines fairly rigorously (like arbitrary mixes of upper- and
1440lowercase letters as well as outdated ways to capitalize keywords).
1441
1442If you want to use the lower-case version of "Current", "Void",
1443"Result", and "Precursor", you can use >
1444
1445 :let eiffel_lower_case_predef=1
1446
1447instead of completely turning case-sensitive highlighting off.
1448
1449Support for ISE's proposed new creation syntax that is already
1450experimentally handled by some compilers can be enabled by: >
1451
1452 :let eiffel_ise=1
1453
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001454Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants. To handle them, add >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001455
1456 :let eiffel_hex_constants=1
1457
1458to your startup file.
1459
1460
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001461EUPHORIA *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*
1462
Bram Moolenaar7ff78462020-07-10 22:00:53 +02001463Two syntax highlighting files exist for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001464version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001465Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
1466
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001467Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/) is still necessary
1468for developing applications for the DOS platform, which Euphoria version 4
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001469(http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
1470
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001471The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type:
1472
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001473 *.e, *.eu, *.ew, *.ex, *.exu, *.exw
1474 *.E, *.EU, *.EW, *.EX, *.EXU, *.EXW
1475
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001476To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001477auto-detecting the *.e and *.E file extensions as Euphoria file type,
1478add the following line to your startup file: >
1479
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001480 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria3"
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001481
Bram Moolenaar4d8f4762021-06-27 15:18:56 +02001482< or >
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001483
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001484 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria4"
1485
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001486Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001487specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1488file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1489filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1490Elixir.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001491
1492
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001493ERLANG *erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001494
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001495Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson. Files with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02001496the following extensions are recognized as Erlang files: erl, hrl, yaws.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001497
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001498The BIFs (built-in functions) are highlighted by default. To disable this,
1499put the following line in your vimrc: >
1500
1501 :let g:erlang_highlight_bifs = 0
1502
1503To enable highlighting some special atoms, put this in your vimrc: >
1504
1505 :let g:erlang_highlight_special_atoms = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001506
1507
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001508ELIXIR *elixir.vim* *ft-elixir-syntax*
1509
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001510Elixir is a dynamic, functional language for building scalable and
1511maintainable applications.
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001512
1513The following file extensions are auto-detected as Elixir file types:
1514
1515 *.ex, *.exs, *.eex, *.leex, *.lock
1516
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001517Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001518specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1519file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1520filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1521Elixir.
1522
1523
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001524FLEXWIKI *flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
1525
1526FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package available at http://www.flexwiki.com
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001527NOTE: This site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
Bram Moolenaar446beb42011-05-10 17:18:44 +02001528development stopped in 2009.
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001529
1530Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
1531syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
1532editing FlexWiki pages more convenient. FlexWiki considers a newline as the
1533start of a new paragraph, so the ftplugin sets 'tw'=0 (unlimited line length),
1534'wrap' (wrap long lines instead of using horizontal scrolling), 'linebreak'
1535(to wrap at a character in 'breakat' instead of at the last char on screen),
1536and so on. It also includes some keymaps that are disabled by default.
1537
1538If you want to enable the keymaps that make "j" and "k" and the cursor keys
1539move up and down by display lines, add this to your .vimrc: >
1540 :let flexwiki_maps = 1
1541
1542
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001543FORM *form.vim* *ft-form-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001544
1545The coloring scheme for syntax elements in the FORM file uses the default
1546modes Conditional, Number, Statement, Comment, PreProc, Type, and String,
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00001547following the language specifications in 'Symbolic Manipulation with FORM' by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001548J.A.M. Vermaseren, CAN, Netherlands, 1991.
1549
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01001550If you want to include your own changes to the default colors, you have to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001551redefine the following syntax groups:
1552
1553 - formConditional
1554 - formNumber
1555 - formStatement
1556 - formHeaderStatement
1557 - formComment
1558 - formPreProc
1559 - formDirective
1560 - formType
1561 - formString
1562
1563Note that the form.vim syntax file implements FORM preprocessor commands and
1564directives per default in the same syntax group.
1565
1566A predefined enhanced color mode for FORM is available to distinguish between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001567header statements and statements in the body of a FORM program. To activate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001568this mode define the following variable in your vimrc file >
1569
1570 :let form_enhanced_color=1
1571
1572The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001573gvim display. Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001574conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
1575
Bram Moolenaara2baa732022-02-04 16:09:54 +00001576Both Visual Basic and FORM use the extension ".frm". To detect which one
1577should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first five lines of
1578the file. If it is found, filetype will be "vb", otherwise "form".
1579
1580If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1581example, FORM files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1582 :let filetype_frm = "form"
1583
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001584
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001585FORTH *forth.vim* *ft-forth-syntax*
1586
Doug Kearns19a3bc32023-08-20 20:51:12 +02001587Files matching "*.f" could be Fortran or Forth and those matching "*.fs" could
1588be F# or Forth. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you, or you don't
1589edit F# or Fortran at all, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1590 :let filetype_f = "forth"
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001591 :let filetype_fs = "forth"
1592
1593
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001594FORTRAN *fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001595
1596Default highlighting and dialect ~
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001597Vim highlights according to Fortran 2023 (the most recent standard) by
1598default. This choice should be appropriate for most users most of the time
1599because Fortran 2023 is almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2018,
16002008, 2003, 95, 90, and 77). A small number of features new to Fortran 2018
1601and Fortran 2023 may have been omitted at present; the transition to Fortran
16022023 will be completed in the near future. A few legacy constructs deleted or
1603declared obsolescent in recent Fortran standards are highlighted as todo
1604items.
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001605
1606The syntax script no longer supports Fortran dialects. The variable
1607fortran_dialect is now silently ignored. Since computers are much faster now,
1608the variable fortran_more_precise is no longer needed and is silently ignored.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001609
1610Fortran source code form ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001611Fortran code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001612syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
1613
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001614When you create a new Fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001615form. If you always use free source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001616 :let fortran_free_source=1
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001617in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command. If you always use fixed
1618source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001619 :let fortran_fixed_source=1
1620in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command.
1621
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001622If the form of the source code depends, in a non-standard way, upon the file
1623extension, then it is most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin
1624file. For more information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. Note that this
1625will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command precedes the "syntax
1626on" command in your .vimrc file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001627
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001628When you edit an existing Fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001629source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001630fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. Suppose
1631neither of these variables have been set. In that case, the syntax script attempts to
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001632determine which source form has been used by examining the file extension
1633using conventions common to the ifort, gfortran, Cray, NAG, and PathScale
1634compilers (.f, .for, .f77 for fixed-source, .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08 for
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001635free-source). No default is used for the .fpp and .ftn file extensions because
1636different compilers treat them differently. If none of this works, then the
1637script examines the first five columns of the first 500 lines of your file. If
1638no signs of free source form are detected, then the file is assumed to be in
1639fixed source form. The algorithm should work in the vast majority of cases.
1640In some cases, such as a file that begins with 500 or more full-line comments,
1641the script may incorrectly decide that the code is in fixed form. If that
1642happens, just add a non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the first five
1643columns of the first twenty-five lines, save (:w), and then reload (:e!) the
1644file.
1645
1646Vendor extensions ~
1647Fixed-form Fortran requires a maximum line length of 72 characters but the
1648script allows a maximum line length of 80 characters as do all compilers
1649created in the last three decades. An even longer line length of 132
1650characters is allowed if you set the variable fortran_extended_line_length
1651with a command such as >
zeertzjq61e984e2023-12-09 15:18:33 +08001652 :let fortran_extended_line_length=1
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001653placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1654
1655If you want additional highlighting of the CUDA Fortran extensions, you should
1656set the variable fortran_CUDA with a command such as >
1657 :let fortran_CUDA=1
1658placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1659
1660To activate recognition of some common, non-standard, vendor-supplied
1661intrinsics, you should set the variable fortran_vendor_intrinsics with a
1662command such as >
1663 :let fortran_vendor_intrinsics=1
1664placed prior to the :syntax on command.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001665
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001666Tabs in Fortran files ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001667Tabs are not recognized by the Fortran standards. Tabs are not a good idea in
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001668fixed format Fortran source code which requires fixed column boundaries.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001669Therefore, tabs are marked as errors. Nevertheless, some programmers like
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001670using tabs. If your Fortran files contain tabs, then you should set the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001671variable fortran_have_tabs in your .vimrc with a command such as >
1672 :let fortran_have_tabs=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001673placed prior to the :syntax on command. Unfortunately, the use of tabs will
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001674mean that the syntax file will not be able to detect incorrect margins.
1675
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001676Syntax folding of Fortran files ~
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001677Vim will fold your file using foldmethod=syntax, if you set the variable
1678fortran_fold in your .vimrc with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001679 :let fortran_fold=1
1680to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
1681is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001682subprograms, modules, submodules, blocks of comment lines, and block data
1683units. Block, interface, associate, critical, type definition, and change team
1684constructs will also be folded. If you also set the variable
1685fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001686 :let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
Ajit-Thakkard96f25b2023-12-29 11:29:43 -04001687then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, select case,
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001688select type, and select rank constructs. Note that defining fold regions can
1689be slow for large files.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001690
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001691The syntax/fortran.vim script contains embedded comments that tell you how to
1692comment and/or uncomment some lines to (a) activate recognition of some
1693non-standard, vendor-supplied intrinsics and (b) to prevent features deleted
1694or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard from being highlighted as todo
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001695items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001696
1697Limitations ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001698Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses. Hollerith
1699strings are not recognized. Some keywords may be highlighted incorrectly
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001700because Fortran90 has no reserved words.
1701
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001702For further information related to Fortran, see |ft-fortran-indent| and
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001703|ft-fortran-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001704
Bram Moolenaar0d878b92022-07-01 18:45:04 +01001705FREEBASIC *freebasic.vim* *ft-freebasic-syntax*
1706
1707FreeBASIC files will be highlighted differently for each of the four available
1708dialects, "fb", "qb", "fblite" and "deprecated". See |ft-freebasic-plugin|
1709for how to select the correct dialect.
1710
1711Highlighting is further configurable via the following variables.
1712
1713Variable Highlight ~
1714*freebasic_no_comment_fold* disable multiline comment folding
1715*freebasic_operators* non-alpha operators
1716*freebasic_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1717*freebasic_type_suffixes* QuickBASIC style type suffixes
1718
1719
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001720
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001721FVWM CONFIGURATION FILES *fvwm.vim* *ft-fvwm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001722
1723In order for Vim to recognize Fvwm configuration files that do not match
1724the patterns *fvwmrc* or *fvwm2rc* , you must put additional patterns
1725appropriate to your system in your myfiletypes.vim file. For these
1726patterns, you must set the variable "b:fvwm_version" to the major version
1727number of Fvwm, and the 'filetype' option to fvwm.
1728
1729For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/X11/fvwm2/
1730as Fvwm2 configuration files, add the following: >
1731
1732 :au! BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/X11/fvwm2/* let b:fvwm_version = 2 |
1733 \ set filetype=fvwm
1734
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001735GSP *gsp.vim* *ft-gsp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001736
1737The default coloring style for GSP pages is defined by |html.vim|, and
1738the coloring for java code (within java tags or inline between backticks)
1739is defined by |java.vim|. The following HTML groups defined in |html.vim|
1740are redefined to incorporate and highlight inline java code:
1741
1742 htmlString
1743 htmlValue
1744 htmlEndTag
1745 htmlTag
1746 htmlTagN
1747
1748Highlighting should look fine most of the places where you'd see inline
1749java code, but in some special cases it may not. To add another HTML
1750group where you will have inline java code where it does not highlight
1751correctly, just copy the line you want from |html.vim| and add gspJava
1752to the contains clause.
1753
1754The backticks for inline java are highlighted according to the htmlError
1755group to make them easier to see.
1756
1757
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001758GROFF *groff.vim* *ft-groff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001759
1760The groff syntax file is a wrapper for |nroff.vim|, see the notes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001761under that heading for examples of use and configuration. The purpose
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001762of this wrapper is to set up groff syntax extensions by setting the
1763filetype from a |modeline| or in a personal filetype definitions file
1764(see |filetype.txt|).
1765
1766
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001767HASKELL *haskell.vim* *lhaskell.vim* *ft-haskell-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001768
1769The Haskell syntax files support plain Haskell code as well as literate
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001770Haskell code, the latter in both Bird style and TeX style. The Haskell
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001771syntax highlighting will also highlight C preprocessor directives.
1772
1773If you want to highlight delimiter characters (useful if you have a
1774light-coloured background), add to your .vimrc: >
1775 :let hs_highlight_delimiters = 1
1776To treat True and False as keywords as opposed to ordinary identifiers,
1777add: >
1778 :let hs_highlight_boolean = 1
1779To also treat the names of primitive types as keywords: >
1780 :let hs_highlight_types = 1
1781And to treat the names of even more relatively common types as keywords: >
1782 :let hs_highlight_more_types = 1
1783If you want to highlight the names of debugging functions, put in
1784your .vimrc: >
1785 :let hs_highlight_debug = 1
1786
1787The Haskell syntax highlighting also highlights C preprocessor
1788directives, and flags lines that start with # but are not valid
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001789directives as erroneous. This interferes with Haskell's syntax for
1790operators, as they may start with #. If you want to highlight those
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001791as operators as opposed to errors, put in your .vimrc: >
1792 :let hs_allow_hash_operator = 1
1793
1794The syntax highlighting for literate Haskell code will try to
1795automatically guess whether your literate Haskell code contains
1796TeX markup or not, and correspondingly highlight TeX constructs
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001797or nothing at all. You can override this globally by putting
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001798in your .vimrc >
1799 :let lhs_markup = none
1800for no highlighting at all, or >
1801 :let lhs_markup = tex
1802to force the highlighting to always try to highlight TeX markup.
1803For more flexibility, you may also use buffer local versions of
1804this variable, so e.g. >
1805 :let b:lhs_markup = tex
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001806will force TeX highlighting for a particular buffer. It has to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001807set before turning syntax highlighting on for the buffer or
1808loading a file.
1809
1810
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001811HTML *html.vim* *ft-html-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001812
1813The coloring scheme for tags in the HTML file works as follows.
1814
1815The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
1816This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01001817closing tags the 'Identifier' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those
1818are defined for you)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001819
1820Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
1821names are colored with the same color as the <> or </> respectively which
1822makes it easy to spot errors
1823
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001824Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001825names are colored differently than unknown ones.
1826
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001827Some HTML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001828are recognized by the html.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
1829text is shown: <B> <I> <U> <EM> <STRONG> (<EM> is used as an alias for <I>,
1830while <STRONG> as an alias for <B>), <H1> - <H6>, <HEAD>, <TITLE> and <A>, but
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001831only if used as a link (that is, it must include a href as in
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001832<A href="somefile.html">).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001833
1834If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
1835following syntax groups:
1836
1837 - htmlBold
1838 - htmlBoldUnderline
1839 - htmlBoldUnderlineItalic
1840 - htmlUnderline
1841 - htmlUnderlineItalic
1842 - htmlItalic
1843 - htmlTitle for titles
1844 - htmlH1 - htmlH6 for headings
1845
1846To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all with the exception
1847of the last two (htmlTitle and htmlH[1-6], which are optional) and define the
1848following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
1849are read during initialization) >
1850 :let html_my_rendering=1
1851
1852If you'd like to see an example download mysyntax.vim at
1853http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
1854
1855You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
1856vimrc file: >
1857 :let html_no_rendering=1
1858
1859HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
1860details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
1861However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
Bram Moolenaar8bb1c3e2014-07-04 16:43:17 +02001862ends with -->) you can define >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001863 :let html_wrong_comments=1
1864
1865JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
1866'Special' with statements, comments, strings and so on colored as in standard
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001867programming languages. Note that only JavaScript and Visual Basic are
1868currently supported, no other scripting language has been added yet.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001869
1870Embedded and inlined cascading style sheets (CSS) are highlighted too.
1871
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001872There are several html preprocessor languages out there. html.vim has been
1873written such that it should be trivial to include it. To do so add the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001874following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
1875(the example comes from the asp.vim file):
Bram Moolenaar30e9b3c2019-09-07 16:24:12 +02001876>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001877 runtime! syntax/html.vim
1878 syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
1879
1880Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
1881the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
1882
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00001883 *html-folding*
1884The HTML syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between start
1885and end tags. This can be turned on by >
1886
1887 :let g:html_syntax_folding = 1
1888 :set foldmethod=syntax
1889
1890Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
1891especially for large files.
1892
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001893
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001894HTML/OS (by Aestiva) *htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001895
1896The coloring scheme for HTML/OS works as follows:
1897
1898Functions and variable names are the same color by default, because VIM
1899doesn't specify different colors for Functions and Identifiers. To change
1900this (which is recommended if you want function names to be recognizable in a
1901different color) you need to add the following line to either your ~/.vimrc: >
1902 :hi Function term=underline cterm=bold ctermfg=LightGray
1903
1904Of course, the ctermfg can be a different color if you choose.
1905
1906Another issues that HTML/OS runs into is that there is no special filetype to
1907signify that it is a file with HTML/OS coding. You can change this by opening
1908a file and turning on HTML/OS syntax by doing the following: >
1909 :set syntax=htmlos
1910
1911Lastly, it should be noted that the opening and closing characters to begin a
1912block of HTML/OS code can either be << or [[ and >> or ]], respectively.
1913
1914
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001915IA64 *ia64.vim* *intel-itanium* *ft-ia64-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001916
1917Highlighting for the Intel Itanium 64 assembly language. See |asm.vim| for
1918how to recognize this filetype.
1919
1920To have *.inc files be recognized as IA64, add this to your .vimrc file: >
1921 :let g:filetype_inc = "ia64"
1922
1923
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001924INFORM *inform.vim* *ft-inform-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001925
1926Inform highlighting includes symbols provided by the Inform Library, as
1927most programs make extensive use of it. If do not wish Library symbols
1928to be highlighted add this to your vim startup: >
1929 :let inform_highlight_simple=1
1930
1931By default it is assumed that Inform programs are Z-machine targeted,
1932and highlights Z-machine assembly language symbols appropriately. If
1933you intend your program to be targeted to a Glulx/Glk environment you
1934need to add this to your startup sequence: >
1935 :let inform_highlight_glulx=1
1936
1937This will highlight Glulx opcodes instead, and also adds glk() to the
1938set of highlighted system functions.
1939
1940The Inform compiler will flag certain obsolete keywords as errors when
1941it encounters them. These keywords are normally highlighted as errors
1942by Vim. To prevent such error highlighting, you must add this to your
1943startup sequence: >
1944 :let inform_suppress_obsolete=1
1945
1946By default, the language features highlighted conform to Compiler
1947version 6.30 and Library version 6.11. If you are using an older
1948Inform development environment, you may with to add this to your
1949startup sequence: >
1950 :let inform_highlight_old=1
1951
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001952IDL *idl.vim* *idl-syntax*
1953
1954IDL (Interface Definition Language) files are used to define RPC calls. In
1955Microsoft land, this is also used for defining COM interfaces and calls.
1956
1957IDL's structure is simple enough to permit a full grammar based approach to
1958rather than using a few heuristics. The result is large and somewhat
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001959repetitive but seems to work.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001960
1961There are some Microsoft extensions to idl files that are here. Some of them
1962are disabled by defining idl_no_ms_extensions.
1963
1964The more complex of the extensions are disabled by defining idl_no_extensions.
1965
1966Variable Effect ~
1967
1968idl_no_ms_extensions Disable some of the Microsoft specific
1969 extensions
1970idl_no_extensions Disable complex extensions
1971idlsyntax_showerror Show IDL errors (can be rather intrusive, but
1972 quite helpful)
1973idlsyntax_showerror_soft Use softer colours by default for errors
1974
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001975
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001976JAVA *java.vim* *ft-java-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001977
1978The java.vim syntax highlighting file offers several options:
1979
1980In Java 1.0.2 it was never possible to have braces inside parens, so this was
1981flagged as an error. Since Java 1.1 this is possible (with anonymous
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001982classes), and therefore is no longer marked as an error. If you prefer the
1983old way, put the following line into your vim startup file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001984 :let java_mark_braces_in_parens_as_errors=1
1985
1986All identifiers in java.lang.* are always visible in all classes. To
1987highlight them use: >
1988 :let java_highlight_java_lang_ids=1
1989
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001990You can also highlight identifiers of most standard Java packages if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001991download the javaid.vim script at http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html.
1992If you prefer to only highlight identifiers of a certain package, say java.io
1993use the following: >
1994 :let java_highlight_java_io=1
1995Check the javaid.vim file for a list of all the packages that are supported.
1996
1997Function names are not highlighted, as the way to find functions depends on
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001998how you write Java code. The syntax file knows two possible ways to highlight
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001999functions:
2000
2001If you write function declarations that are always indented by either
2002a tab, 8 spaces or 2 spaces you may want to set >
2003 :let java_highlight_functions="indent"
2004However, if you follow the Java guidelines about how functions and classes are
2005supposed to be named (with respect to upper and lowercase), use >
2006 :let java_highlight_functions="style"
2007If both options do not work for you, but you would still want function
2008declarations to be highlighted create your own definitions by changing the
2009definitions in java.vim or by creating your own java.vim which includes the
2010original one and then adds the code to highlight functions.
2011
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002012In Java 1.1 the functions System.out.println() and System.err.println() should
Bram Moolenaared203462004-06-16 11:19:22 +00002013only be used for debugging. Therefore it is possible to highlight debugging
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002014statements differently. To do this you must add the following definition in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002015your startup file: >
2016 :let java_highlight_debug=1
2017The result will be that those statements are highlighted as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002018characters. If you prefer to have them highlighted differently you must define
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002019new highlightings for the following groups.:
2020 Debug, DebugSpecial, DebugString, DebugBoolean, DebugType
2021which are used for the statement itself, special characters used in debug
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002022strings, strings, boolean constants and types (this, super) respectively. I
Bram Moolenaar2547aa92020-07-26 17:00:44 +02002023have opted to choose another background for those statements.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002024
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002025Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
2026creates HTML pages. The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
2027similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|). You can even add Javascript
2028and CSS inside this code (see below). There are four differences however:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002029 1. The title (all characters up to the first '.' which is followed by
2030 some white space or up to the first '@') is colored differently (to change
2031 the color change the group CommentTitle).
2032 2. The text is colored as 'Comment'.
2033 3. HTML comments are colored as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002034 4. The special Javadoc tags (@see, @param, ...) are highlighted as specials
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002035 and the argument (for @see, @param, @exception) as Function.
2036To turn this feature off add the following line to your startup file: >
2037 :let java_ignore_javadoc=1
2038
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002039If you use the special Javadoc comment highlighting described above you
2040can also turn on special highlighting for Javascript, visual basic
2041scripts and embedded CSS (stylesheets). This makes only sense if you
2042actually have Javadoc comments that include either Javascript or embedded
2043CSS. The options to use are >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002044 :let java_javascript=1
2045 :let java_css=1
2046 :let java_vb=1
2047
2048In order to highlight nested parens with different colors define colors
2049for javaParen, javaParen1 and javaParen2, for example with >
2050 :hi link javaParen Comment
2051or >
2052 :hi javaParen ctermfg=blue guifg=#0000ff
2053
2054If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2055when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "java_minlines" internal variable
2056to a larger number: >
2057 :let java_minlines = 50
2058This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2059displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2060number is that redrawing can become slow.
2061
2062
Bram Moolenaar589edb32019-09-20 14:38:13 +02002063JSON *json.vim* *ft-json-syntax*
2064
2065The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
2066default. To disable concealment: >
2067 let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
2068
2069To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
2070 let g:vim_json_warnings = 0
2071
2072
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002073LACE *lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002074
2075Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
2076style guide lines are not. If you prefer case insensitive highlighting, just
2077define the vim variable 'lace_case_insensitive' in your startup file: >
2078 :let lace_case_insensitive=1
2079
2080
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002081LEX *lex.vim* *ft-lex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002082
2083Lex uses brute-force synchronizing as the "^%%$" section delimiter
2084gives no clue as to what section follows. Consequently, the value for >
2085 :syn sync minlines=300
2086may be changed by the user if s/he is experiencing synchronization
2087difficulties (such as may happen with large lex files).
2088
2089
Bram Moolenaar6fc45b52010-07-25 17:42:45 +02002090LIFELINES *lifelines.vim* *ft-lifelines-syntax*
2091
2092To highlight deprecated functions as errors, add in your .vimrc: >
2093
2094 :let g:lifelines_deprecated = 1
2095<
2096
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002097LISP *lisp.vim* *ft-lisp-syntax*
2098
2099The lisp syntax highlighting provides two options: >
2100
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002101 g:lisp_instring : If it exists, then "(...)" strings are highlighted
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002102 as if the contents of the string were lisp.
2103 Useful for AutoLisp.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002104 g:lisp_rainbow : If it exists and is nonzero, then differing levels
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002105 of parenthesization will receive different
2106 highlighting.
2107<
2108The g:lisp_rainbow option provides 10 levels of individual colorization for
2109the parentheses and backquoted parentheses. Because of the quantity of
2110colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode
2111specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02002112usual color scheme control using standard highlighting groups. The actual
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002113highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting (see |'bg'|).
2114
2115
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002116LITE *lite.vim* *ft-lite-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002117
2118There are two options for the lite syntax highlighting.
2119
2120If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2121
2122 :let lite_sql_query = 1
2123
2124For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2125set "lite_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2126
2127 :let lite_minlines = 200
2128
2129
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002130LPC *lpc.vim* *ft-lpc-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002131
Bram Moolenaard2f3a8b2018-06-19 14:35:59 +02002132LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensjö C. The
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002133file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother
2134users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you
2135should set a variable in your .vimrc file: >
2136
2137 :let lpc_syntax_for_c = 1
2138
2139If it doesn't work properly for some particular C or LPC files, use a
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002140modeline. For a LPC file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002141
2142 // vim:set ft=lpc:
2143
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002144For a C file that is recognized as LPC: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002145
2146 // vim:set ft=c:
2147
2148If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
2149
2150There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002151used ones. Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002152and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
Bram Moolenaar7e38ea22014-04-05 22:55:53 +02002153assert the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002154you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
2155
2156 :let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
2157
2158For LpMud 3.2 series of LPC: >
2159
2160 :let lpc_compat_32 = 1
2161
2162For LPC4 series of LPC: >
2163
2164 :let lpc_use_lpc4_syntax = 1
2165
2166For uLPC series of LPC:
2167uLPC has been developed to Pike, so you should use Pike syntax
2168instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
2169
2170
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002171LUA *lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002172
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01002173The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0, 5.1 and 5.2 (5.2 is
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002174the default). You can select one of these versions using the global variables
2175lua_version and lua_subversion. For example, to activate Lua
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +020021765.1 syntax highlighting, set the variables like this: >
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002177
2178 :let lua_version = 5
2179 :let lua_subversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002180
2181
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002182MAIL *mail.vim* *ft-mail.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002183
2184Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002185quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard conventions,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002186signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed optionally by
2187whitespaces and end with a newline.
2188
2189Vim treats lines beginning with ']', '}', '|', '>' or a word followed by '>'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002190as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002191only if the text is quoted with '>' (optionally followed by one space).
2192
2193By default mail.vim synchronises syntax to 100 lines before the first
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002194displayed line. If you have a slow machine, and generally deal with emails
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002195with short headers, you can change this to a smaller value: >
2196
2197 :let mail_minlines = 30
2198
2199
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002200MAKE *make.vim* *ft-make-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002201
2202In makefiles, commands are usually highlighted to make it easy for you to spot
2203errors. However, this may be too much coloring for you. You can turn this
2204feature off by using: >
2205
2206 :let make_no_commands = 1
2207
2208
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002209MAPLE *maple.vim* *ft-maple-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002210
2211Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
2212supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
2213The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may be
2214highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their .vimrc file: >
2215
2216 :let mvpkg_all= 1
2217
2218to get all package functions highlighted, or users may select any subset by
2219choosing a variable/package from the table below and setting that variable to
22201, also in their .vimrc file (prior to sourcing
2221$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
2222
2223 Table of Maple V Package Function Selectors >
2224 mv_DEtools mv_genfunc mv_networks mv_process
2225 mv_Galois mv_geometry mv_numapprox mv_simplex
2226 mv_GaussInt mv_grobner mv_numtheory mv_stats
2227 mv_LREtools mv_group mv_orthopoly mv_student
2228 mv_combinat mv_inttrans mv_padic mv_sumtools
2229 mv_combstruct mv_liesymm mv_plots mv_tensor
2230 mv_difforms mv_linalg mv_plottools mv_totorder
2231 mv_finance mv_logic mv_powseries
2232
2233
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002234MARKDOWN *ft-markdown-syntax*
2235
2236If you have long regions there might be wrong highlighting. At the cost of
2237slowing down displaying, you can have the engine look further back to sync on
2238the start of a region, for example 500 lines: >
2239
2240 :let g:markdown_minlines = 500
2241
2242
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002243MATHEMATICA *mma.vim* *ft-mma-syntax* *ft-mathematica-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002244
2245Empty *.m files will automatically be presumed to be Matlab files unless you
2246have the following in your .vimrc: >
2247
2248 let filetype_m = "mma"
2249
2250
Doug Kearns68a89472024-01-05 17:59:04 +01002251MODULA2 *modula2.vim* *ft-modula2-syntax*
2252
2253Vim will recognise comments with dialect tags to automatically select a given
2254dialect.
2255
2256The syntax for a dialect tag comment is: >
2257
2258 taggedComment :=
2259 '(*!' dialectTag '*)'
2260 ;
2261
2262 dialectTag :=
2263 m2pim | m2iso | m2r10
2264 ;
2265
2266 reserved words
2267 m2pim = 'm2pim', m2iso = 'm2iso', m2r10 = 'm2r10'
2268
2269A dialect tag comment is recognised by Vim if it occurs within the first 200
2270lines of the source file. Only the very first such comment is recognised, any
2271additional dialect tag comments are ignored.
2272
2273Example: >
2274
2275 DEFINITION MODULE FooLib; (*!m2pim*)
2276 ...
2277
2278Variable g:modula2_default_dialect sets the default Modula-2 dialect when the
2279dialect cannot be determined from the contents of the Modula-2 file: if
2280defined and set to 'm2pim', the default dialect is PIM.
2281
2282Example: >
2283
2284 let g:modula2_default_dialect = 'm2pim'
2285
2286
2287Highlighting is further configurable for each dialect via the following
2288variables.
2289
2290Variable Highlight ~
2291*modula2_iso_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2292*modula2_iso_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2293*modula2_iso_disallow_synonyms* disallow "@", "&" and "~" synonyms
2294
2295*modula2_pim_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2296*modula2_pim_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2297*modula2_pim_disallow_synonyms* disallow "&" and "~" synonyms
2298
2299*modula2_r10_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2300
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002301MOO *moo.vim* *ft-moo-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002302
2303If you use C-style comments inside expressions and find it mangles your
2304highlighting, you may want to use extended (slow!) matches for C-style
2305comments: >
2306
2307 :let moo_extended_cstyle_comments = 1
2308
2309To disable highlighting of pronoun substitution patterns inside strings: >
2310
2311 :let moo_no_pronoun_sub = 1
2312
2313To disable highlighting of the regular expression operator '%|', and matching
2314'%(' and '%)' inside strings: >
2315
2316 :let moo_no_regexp = 1
2317
2318Unmatched double quotes can be recognized and highlighted as errors: >
2319
2320 :let moo_unmatched_quotes = 1
2321
2322To highlight builtin properties (.name, .location, .programmer etc.): >
2323
2324 :let moo_builtin_properties = 1
2325
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002326Unknown builtin functions can be recognized and highlighted as errors. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002327use this option, add your own extensions to the mooKnownBuiltinFunction group.
2328To enable this option: >
2329
2330 :let moo_unknown_builtin_functions = 1
2331
2332An example of adding sprintf() to the list of known builtin functions: >
2333
2334 :syn keyword mooKnownBuiltinFunction sprintf contained
2335
2336
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002337MSQL *msql.vim* *ft-msql-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002338
2339There are two options for the msql syntax highlighting.
2340
2341If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2342
2343 :let msql_sql_query = 1
2344
2345For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2346set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2347
2348 :let msql_minlines = 200
2349
2350
Bram Moolenaarc572da52017-08-27 16:52:01 +02002351N1QL *n1ql.vim* *ft-n1ql-syntax*
2352
2353N1QL is a SQL-like declarative language for manipulating JSON documents in
2354Couchbase Server databases.
2355
2356Vim syntax highlights N1QL statements, keywords, operators, types, comments,
2357and special values. Vim ignores syntactical elements specific to SQL or its
2358many dialects, like COLUMN or CHAR, that don't exist in N1QL.
2359
2360
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002361NCF *ncf.vim* *ft-ncf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002362
2363There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
2364
2365If you want to have unrecognized (by ncf.vim) statements highlighted as
2366errors, use this: >
2367
2368 :let ncf_highlight_unknowns = 1
2369
2370If you don't want to highlight these errors, leave it unset.
2371
2372
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002373NROFF *nroff.vim* *ft-nroff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002374
2375The nroff syntax file works with AT&T n/troff out of the box. You need to
2376activate the GNU groff extra features included in the syntax file before you
2377can use them.
2378
2379For example, Linux and BSD distributions use groff as their default text
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002380processing package. In order to activate the extra syntax highlighting
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002381features for groff, arrange for files to be recognized as groff (see
2382|ft-groff-syntax|) or add the following option to your start-up files: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002383
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002384 :let nroff_is_groff = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002385
2386Groff is different from the old AT&T n/troff that you may still find in
2387Solaris. Groff macro and request names can be longer than 2 characters and
2388there are extensions to the language primitives. For example, in AT&T troff
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002389you access the year as a 2-digit number with the request \(yr. In groff you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002390can use the same request, recognized for compatibility, or you can use groff's
2391native syntax, \[yr]. Furthermore, you can use a 4-digit year directly:
2392\[year]. Macro requests can be longer than 2 characters, for example, GNU mm
2393accepts the requests ".VERBON" and ".VERBOFF" for creating verbatim
2394environments.
2395
2396In order to obtain the best formatted output g/troff can give you, you should
2397follow a few simple rules about spacing and punctuation.
2398
23991. Do not leave empty spaces at the end of lines.
2400
24012. Leave one space and one space only after an end-of-sentence period,
2402 exclamation mark, etc.
2403
24043. For reasons stated below, it is best to follow all period marks with a
2405 carriage return.
2406
2407The reason behind these unusual tips is that g/n/troff have a line breaking
2408algorithm that can be easily upset if you don't follow the rules given above.
2409
2410Unlike TeX, troff fills text line-by-line, not paragraph-by-paragraph and,
2411furthermore, it does not have a concept of glue or stretch, all horizontal and
2412vertical space input will be output as is.
2413
2414Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
2415than you intend to have in your final document. For this reason, the common
2416practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002417marks. If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02002418need to maintain regular spacing in the input text. To mark both trailing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002419spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
2420
2421 :let nroff_space_errors = 1
2422
2423Another technique to detect extra spacing and other errors that will interfere
2424with the correct typesetting of your file, is to define an eye-catching
2425highlighting definition for the syntax groups "nroffDefinition" and
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002426"nroffDefSpecial" in your configuration files. For example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002427
2428 hi def nroffDefinition term=italic cterm=italic gui=reverse
2429 hi def nroffDefSpecial term=italic,bold cterm=italic,bold
2430 \ gui=reverse,bold
2431
2432If you want to navigate preprocessor entries in your source file as easily as
2433with section markers, you can activate the following option in your .vimrc
2434file: >
2435
2436 let b:preprocs_as_sections = 1
2437
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00002438As well, the syntax file adds an extra paragraph marker for the extended
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002439paragraph macro (.XP) in the ms package.
2440
2441Finally, there is a |groff.vim| syntax file that can be used for enabling
2442groff syntax highlighting either on a file basis or globally by default.
2443
2444
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002445OCAML *ocaml.vim* *ft-ocaml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002446
2447The OCaml syntax file handles files having the following prefixes: .ml,
2448.mli, .mll and .mly. By setting the following variable >
2449
2450 :let ocaml_revised = 1
2451
2452you can switch from standard OCaml-syntax to revised syntax as supported
2453by the camlp4 preprocessor. Setting the variable >
2454
2455 :let ocaml_noend_error = 1
2456
2457prevents highlighting of "end" as error, which is useful when sources
2458contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.
2459
2460
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002461PAPP *papp.vim* *ft-papp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002462
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002463The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extent, .pxml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002464and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002465as the top-level file format. By default everything inside phtml or pxml
2466sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002467you set the variable: >
2468
2469 :let papp_include_html=1
2470
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00002471in your startup file it will try to syntax-highlight html code inside phtml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002472sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002473edit sensibly. ;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002474
2475The newest version of the papp.vim syntax file can usually be found at
2476http://papp.plan9.de.
2477
2478
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002479PASCAL *pascal.vim* *ft-pascal-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002480
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002481Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal and those matching "*.pp"
2482could be Puppet or Pascal. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you,
2483or you only edit Pascal files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002484
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002485 :let filetype_p = "pascal"
2486 :let filetype_pp = "pascal"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002487
2488The Pascal syntax file has been extended to take into account some extensions
2489provided by Turbo Pascal, Free Pascal Compiler and GNU Pascal Compiler.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002490Delphi keywords are also supported. By default, Turbo Pascal 7.0 features are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002491enabled. If you prefer to stick with the standard Pascal keywords, add the
2492following line to your startup file: >
2493
2494 :let pascal_traditional=1
2495
2496To switch on Delphi specific constructions (such as one-line comments,
2497keywords, etc): >
2498
2499 :let pascal_delphi=1
2500
2501
2502The option pascal_symbol_operator controls whether symbol operators such as +,
2503*, .., etc. are displayed using the Operator color or not. To colorize symbol
2504operators, add the following line to your startup file: >
2505
2506 :let pascal_symbol_operator=1
2507
2508Some functions are highlighted by default. To switch it off: >
2509
2510 :let pascal_no_functions=1
2511
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02002512Furthermore, there are specific variables for some compilers. Besides
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002513pascal_delphi, there are pascal_gpc and pascal_fpc. Default extensions try to
2514match Turbo Pascal. >
2515
2516 :let pascal_gpc=1
2517
2518or >
2519
2520 :let pascal_fpc=1
2521
2522To ensure that strings are defined on a single line, you can define the
2523pascal_one_line_string variable. >
2524
2525 :let pascal_one_line_string=1
2526
2527If you dislike <Tab> chars, you can set the pascal_no_tabs variable. Tabs
2528will be highlighted as Error. >
2529
2530 :let pascal_no_tabs=1
2531
2532
2533
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002534PERL *perl.vim* *ft-perl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002535
2536There are a number of possible options to the perl syntax highlighting.
2537
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002538Inline POD highlighting is now turned on by default. If you don't wish
2539to have the added complexity of highlighting POD embedded within Perl
2540files, you may set the 'perl_include_pod' option to 0: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002541
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002542 :let perl_include_pod = 0
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002543
Bram Moolenaar822ff862014-06-12 21:46:14 +02002544To reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002545off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002546
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002547To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
2548from the rest of the name (like 'PkgName::' in '$PkgName::VarName'): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002549
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002550 :let perl_no_scope_in_variables = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002551
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002552(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_want_scope_in_variables"
2553enabled it.)
2554
2555If you do not want complex things like '@{${"foo"}}' to be parsed: >
2556
2557 :let perl_no_extended_vars = 1
2558
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +00002559(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_extended_vars" enabled it.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002560
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002561The coloring strings can be changed. By default strings and qq friends will
2562be highlighted like the first line. If you set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002563perl_string_as_statement, it will be highlighted as in the second line.
2564
2565 "hello world!"; qq|hello world|;
2566 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^NN^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^N (unlet perl_string_as_statement)
2567 S^^^^^^^^^^^^SNNSSS^^^^^^^^^^^SN (let perl_string_as_statement)
2568
2569(^ = perlString, S = perlStatement, N = None at all)
2570
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002571The syncing has 3 options. The first two switch off some triggering of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002572synchronization and should only be needed in case it fails to work properly.
2573If while scrolling all of a sudden the whole screen changes color completely
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002574then you should try and switch off one of those. Let me know if you can
2575figure out the line that causes the mistake.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002576
2577One triggers on "^\s*sub\s*" and the other on "^[$@%]" more or less. >
2578
2579 :let perl_no_sync_on_sub
2580 :let perl_no_sync_on_global_var
2581
2582Below you can set the maximum distance VIM should look for starting points for
2583its attempts in syntax highlighting. >
2584
2585 :let perl_sync_dist = 100
2586
2587If you want to use folding with perl, set perl_fold: >
2588
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002589 :let perl_fold = 1
2590
2591If you want to fold blocks in if statements, etc. as well set the following: >
2592
2593 :let perl_fold_blocks = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002594
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002595Subroutines are folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. If you do not want
2596this, you can set 'perl_nofold_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002597
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002598 :let perl_nofold_subs = 1
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002599
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002600Anonymous subroutines are not folded by default; you may enable their folding
2601via 'perl_fold_anonymous_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002602
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002603 :let perl_fold_anonymous_subs = 1
2604
2605Packages are also folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. To disable this
2606behavior, set 'perl_nofold_packages': >
2607
2608 :let perl_nofold_packages = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002609
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002610PHP3 and PHP4 *php.vim* *php3.vim* *ft-php-syntax* *ft-php3-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002611
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002612[Note: Previously this was called "php3", but since it now also supports php4
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002613it has been renamed to "php"]
2614
2615There are the following options for the php syntax highlighting.
2616
2617If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings: >
2618
2619 let php_sql_query = 1
2620
2621For highlighting the Baselib methods: >
2622
2623 let php_baselib = 1
2624
2625Enable HTML syntax highlighting inside strings: >
2626
2627 let php_htmlInStrings = 1
2628
2629Using the old colorstyle: >
2630
2631 let php_oldStyle = 1
2632
2633Enable highlighting ASP-style short tags: >
2634
2635 let php_asp_tags = 1
2636
2637Disable short tags: >
2638
2639 let php_noShortTags = 1
2640
2641For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
2642
2643 let php_parent_error_close = 1
2644
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02002645For skipping a php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002646one: >
2647
2648 let php_parent_error_open = 1
2649
2650Enable folding for classes and functions: >
2651
2652 let php_folding = 1
2653
2654Selecting syncing method: >
2655
2656 let php_sync_method = x
2657
2658x = -1 to sync by search (default),
2659x > 0 to sync at least x lines backwards,
2660x = 0 to sync from start.
2661
2662
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002663PLAINTEX *plaintex.vim* *ft-plaintex-syntax*
2664
2665TeX is a typesetting language, and plaintex is the file type for the "plain"
2666variant of TeX. If you never want your *.tex files recognized as plain TeX,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00002667see |ft-tex-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002668
2669This syntax file has the option >
2670
2671 let g:plaintex_delimiters = 1
2672
2673if you want to highlight brackets "[]" and braces "{}".
2674
2675
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002676PPWIZARD *ppwiz.vim* *ft-ppwiz-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002677
2678PPWizard is a preprocessor for HTML and OS/2 INF files
2679
2680This syntax file has the options:
2681
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002682- ppwiz_highlight_defs : Determines highlighting mode for PPWizard's
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002683 definitions. Possible values are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002684
2685 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 1 : PPWizard #define statements retain the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002686 colors of their contents (e.g. PPWizard macros and variables).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002687
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002688 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 2 : Preprocessor #define and #evaluate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002689 statements are shown in a single color with the exception of line
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002690 continuation symbols.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002691
2692 The default setting for ppwiz_highlight_defs is 1.
2693
2694- ppwiz_with_html : If the value is 1 (the default), highlight literal
2695 HTML code; if 0, treat HTML code like ordinary text.
2696
2697
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002698PHTML *phtml.vim* *ft-phtml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002699
2700There are two options for the phtml syntax highlighting.
2701
2702If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2703
2704 :let phtml_sql_query = 1
2705
2706For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2707set "phtml_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2708
2709 :let phtml_minlines = 200
2710
2711
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002712POSTSCRIPT *postscr.vim* *ft-postscr-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002713
2714There are several options when it comes to highlighting PostScript.
2715
2716First which version of the PostScript language to highlight. There are
2717currently three defined language versions, or levels. Level 1 is the original
2718and base version, and includes all extensions prior to the release of level 2.
2719Level 2 is the most common version around, and includes its own set of
2720extensions prior to the release of level 3. Level 3 is currently the highest
2721level supported. You select which level of the PostScript language you want
2722highlighted by defining the postscr_level variable as follows: >
2723
2724 :let postscr_level=2
2725
2726If this variable is not defined it defaults to 2 (level 2) since this is
2727the most prevalent version currently.
2728
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002729Note: Not all PS interpreters will support all language features for a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002730particular language level. In particular the %!PS-Adobe-3.0 at the start of
2731PS files does NOT mean the PostScript present is level 3 PostScript!
2732
2733If you are working with Display PostScript, you can include highlighting of
2734Display PS language features by defining the postscr_display variable as
2735follows: >
2736
2737 :let postscr_display=1
2738
2739If you are working with Ghostscript, you can include highlighting of
2740Ghostscript specific language features by defining the variable
2741postscr_ghostscript as follows: >
2742
2743 :let postscr_ghostscript=1
2744
2745PostScript is a large language, with many predefined elements. While it
2746useful to have all these elements highlighted, on slower machines this can
2747cause Vim to slow down. In an attempt to be machine friendly font names and
2748character encodings are not highlighted by default. Unless you are working
2749explicitly with either of these this should be ok. If you want them to be
2750highlighted you should set one or both of the following variables: >
2751
2752 :let postscr_fonts=1
2753 :let postscr_encodings=1
2754
2755There is a stylistic option to the highlighting of and, or, and not. In
2756PostScript the function of these operators depends on the types of their
2757operands - if the operands are booleans then they are the logical operators,
2758if they are integers then they are binary operators. As binary and logical
2759operators can be highlighted differently they have to be highlighted one way
2760or the other. By default they are treated as logical operators. They can be
2761highlighted as binary operators by defining the variable
2762postscr_andornot_binary as follows: >
2763
2764 :let postscr_andornot_binary=1
2765<
2766
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002767 *ptcap.vim* *ft-printcap-syntax*
2768PRINTCAP + TERMCAP *ft-ptcap-syntax* *ft-termcap-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002769
2770This syntax file applies to the printcap and termcap databases.
2771
2772In order for Vim to recognize printcap/termcap files that do not match
2773the patterns *printcap*, or *termcap*, you must put additional patterns
2774appropriate to your system in your |myfiletypefile| file. For these
2775patterns, you must set the variable "b:ptcap_type" to either "print" or
2776"term", and then the 'filetype' option to ptcap.
2777
2778For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/termcaps/ as termcap
2779files, add the following: >
2780
2781 :au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/termcaps/* let b:ptcap_type = "term" |
2782 \ set filetype=ptcap
2783
2784If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which
2785are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "ptcap_minlines"
2786internal variable to a larger number: >
2787
2788 :let ptcap_minlines = 50
2789
2790(The default is 20 lines.)
2791
2792
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002793PROGRESS *progress.vim* *ft-progress-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002794
2795Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
2796doesn't work for you, or you don't edit cweb at all, use this in your
2797startup vimrc: >
2798 :let filetype_w = "progress"
2799The same happens for "*.i", which could be assembly, and "*.p", which could be
2800Pascal. Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
2801 :let filetype_i = "progress"
2802 :let filetype_p = "progress"
2803
2804
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002805PYTHON *python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002806
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002807There are six options to control Python syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002808
2809For highlighted numbers: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002810 :let python_no_number_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002811
2812For highlighted builtin functions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002813 :let python_no_builtin_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002814
2815For highlighted standard exceptions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002816 :let python_no_exception_highlight = 1
2817
2818For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
2819 :let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
2820or >
2821 :let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002822The first option implies the second one.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002823
Bram Moolenaar4a748032010-09-30 21:47:56 +02002824For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002825 :let python_space_error_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002826
h_east59858792023-10-25 22:47:05 +09002827If you want all possible Python highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002828 :let python_highlight_all = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002829This has the same effect as setting python_space_error_highlight and
2830unsetting all the other ones.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002831
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002832If you use Python 2 or straddling code (Python 2 and 3 compatible),
2833you can enforce the use of an older syntax file with support for
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01002834Python 2 and up to Python 3.5. >
2835 :let python_use_python2_syntax = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002836This option will exclude all modern Python 3.6 or higher features.
2837
2838Note: Only existence of these options matters, not their value.
2839 You can replace 1 above with anything.
2840
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002841
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002842QUAKE *quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002843
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002844The Quake syntax definition should work for most FPS (First Person Shooter)
2845based on one of the Quake engines. However, the command names vary a bit
2846between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the syntax
2847definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow users
2848to specify what commands are legal in their files. The three variables can
2849be set for the following effects:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002850
2851set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
2852 :let quake_is_quake1 = 1
2853
2854set to highlight commands only available in Quake 2: >
2855 :let quake_is_quake2 = 1
2856
2857set to highlight commands only available in Quake 3 Arena: >
2858 :let quake_is_quake3 = 1
2859
2860Any combination of these three variables is legal, but might highlight more
2861commands than are actually available to you by the game.
2862
2863
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02002864R *r.vim* *ft-r-syntax*
2865
2866The parsing of R code for syntax highlight starts 40 lines backwards, but you
2867can set a different value in your |vimrc|. Example: >
2868 let r_syntax_minlines = 60
2869
2870You can also turn off syntax highlighting of ROxygen: >
2871 let r_syntax_hl_roxygen = 0
2872
2873enable folding of code delimited by parentheses, square brackets and curly
2874braces: >
2875 let r_syntax_folding = 1
2876
2877and highlight as functions all keywords followed by an opening parenthesis: >
2878 let r_syntax_fun_pattern = 1
2879
2880
2881R MARKDOWN *rmd.vim* *ft-rmd-syntax*
2882
2883To disable syntax highlight of YAML header, add to your |vimrc|: >
2884 let rmd_syn_hl_yaml = 0
2885
2886To disable syntax highlighting of citation keys: >
2887 let rmd_syn_hl_citations = 0
2888
2889To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers: >
2890 let rmd_syn_hl_chunk = 1
2891
2892By default, chunks of R code will be highlighted following the rules of R
Jakson Alves de Aquino9042bd82023-12-25 09:22:27 +00002893language. Moreover, whenever the buffer is saved, Vim scans the buffer and
2894highlights other languages if they are present in new chunks. LaTeX code also
2895is automatically recognized and highlighted when the buffer is saved. This
2896behavior can be controlled with the variables `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages`,
2897and `rmd_include_latex` whose valid values are: >
2898 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 0 " No autodetection of languages
2899 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 1 " Autodetection of languages
2900 let rmd_include_latex = 0 " Don't highlight LaTeX code
2901 let rmd_include_latex = 1 " Autodetect LaTeX code
2902 let rmd_include_latex = 2 " Always include LaTeX highlighting
2903
2904If the value of `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages` is 0, you still can set the
2905list of languages whose chunks of code should be properly highlighted, as in
2906the example: >
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02002907 let rmd_fenced_languages = ['r', 'python']
2908
2909
2910R RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rrst.vim* *ft-rrst-syntax*
2911
2912To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers, add to your |vimrc|: >
2913 let rrst_syn_hl_chunk = 1
2914
2915
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002916READLINE *readline.vim* *ft-readline-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002917
2918The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002919few commands and options to the ones already available. To highlight these
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002920items as well you can add the following to your |vimrc| or just type it in the
2921command line before loading a file with the readline syntax: >
2922 let readline_has_bash = 1
2923
2924This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
2925later, and part earlier) adds.
2926
2927
Bram Moolenaar95a9dd12019-12-19 22:12:03 +01002928REGO *rego.vim* *ft-rego-syntax*
2929
2930Rego is a query language developed by Styra. It is mostly used as a policy
2931language for kubernetes, but can be applied to almost anything. Files with
2932the following extensions are recognized as rego files: .rego.
2933
2934
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002935RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
2936
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002937Syntax highlighting is enabled for code blocks within the document for a
2938select number of file types. See $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/rst.vim for the default
2939syntax list.
2940
2941To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002942 let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...]
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002943
2944To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define
2945`rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: >
2946 let rst_syntax_code_list = {
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01002947 \ 'cpp': ['cpp', 'c++'],
2948 \ 'bash': ['bash', 'sh'],
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002949 ...
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01002950 \ }
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002951
2952To use color highlighting for emphasis text: >
2953 let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1
2954
2955To enable folding of sections: >
2956 let rst_fold_enabled = 1
2957
2958Note that folding can cause performance issues on some platforms.
2959
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002960
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002961REXX *rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002962
2963If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2964when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "rexx_minlines" internal variable
2965to a larger number: >
2966 :let rexx_minlines = 50
2967This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2968displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2969number is that redrawing can become slow.
2970
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02002971Vim tries to guess what type a ".r" file is. If it can't be detected (from
2972comment lines), the default is "r". To make the default rexx add this line to
2973your .vimrc: *g:filetype_r*
2974>
2975 :let g:filetype_r = "r"
2976
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002977
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002978RUBY *ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002979
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002980 Ruby: Operator highlighting |ruby_operators|
2981 Ruby: Whitespace errors |ruby_space_errors|
2982 Ruby: Folding |ruby_fold| |ruby_foldable_groups|
2983 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations |ruby_no_expensive| |ruby_minlines|
2984 Ruby: Spellchecking strings |ruby_spellcheck_strings|
2985
2986 *ruby_operators*
2987 Ruby: Operator highlighting ~
2988
2989Operators can be highlighted by defining "ruby_operators": >
2990
2991 :let ruby_operators = 1
2992<
2993 *ruby_space_errors*
2994 Ruby: Whitespace errors ~
2995
2996Whitespace errors can be highlighted by defining "ruby_space_errors": >
2997
2998 :let ruby_space_errors = 1
2999<
3000This will highlight trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by a space character
3001as errors. This can be refined by defining "ruby_no_trail_space_error" and
3002"ruby_no_tab_space_error" which will ignore trailing whitespace and tabs after
3003spaces respectively.
3004
3005 *ruby_fold* *ruby_foldable_groups*
3006 Ruby: Folding ~
3007
3008Folding can be enabled by defining "ruby_fold": >
3009
3010 :let ruby_fold = 1
3011<
3012This will set the value of 'foldmethod' to "syntax" locally to the current
3013buffer or window, which will enable syntax-based folding when editing Ruby
3014filetypes.
3015
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003016Default folding is rather detailed, i.e., small syntax units like "if", "do",
3017"%w[]" may create corresponding fold levels.
3018
3019You can set "ruby_foldable_groups" to restrict which groups are foldable: >
3020
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003021 :let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003022<
3023The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
3024
3025 keyword meaning ~
3026 -------- ------------------------------------- ~
3027 ALL Most block syntax (default)
3028 NONE Nothing
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003029 if "if" or "unless" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003030 def "def" block
3031 class "class" block
3032 module "module" block
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003033 do "do" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003034 begin "begin" block
3035 case "case" block
3036 for "for", "while", "until" loops
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003037 { Curly bracket block or hash literal
3038 [ Array literal
3039 % Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
3040 / Regexp
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003041 string String and shell command output (surrounded by ', ", `)
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003042 : Symbol
3043 # Multiline comment
3044 << Here documents
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003045 __END__ Source code after "__END__" directive
3046
3047 *ruby_no_expensive*
3048 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003049
3050By default, the "end" keyword is colorized according to the opening statement
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003051of the block it closes. While useful, this feature can be expensive; if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003052experience slow redrawing (or you are on a terminal with poor color support)
3053you may want to turn it off by defining the "ruby_no_expensive" variable: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003054
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003055 :let ruby_no_expensive = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003056<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003057In this case the same color will be used for all control keywords.
3058
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003059 *ruby_minlines*
3060
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003061If you do want this feature enabled, but notice highlighting errors while
3062scrolling backwards, which are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting
3063the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003064
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003065 :let ruby_minlines = 100
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003066<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003067Ideally, this value should be a number of lines large enough to embrace your
3068largest class or module.
3069
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003070 *ruby_spellcheck_strings*
3071 Ruby: Spellchecking strings ~
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003072
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003073Ruby syntax will perform spellchecking of strings if you define
3074"ruby_spellcheck_strings": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003075
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003076 :let ruby_spellcheck_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003077<
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003078
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003079SCHEME *scheme.vim* *ft-scheme-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003080
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003081By default only R7RS keywords are highlighted and properly indented.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003082
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003083scheme.vim also supports extensions of the CHICKEN Scheme->C compiler.
3084Define b:is_chicken or g:is_chicken, if you need them.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003085
3086
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003087SDL *sdl.vim* *ft-sdl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003088
3089The SDL highlighting probably misses a few keywords, but SDL has so many
3090of them it's almost impossibly to cope.
3091
3092The new standard, SDL-2000, specifies that all identifiers are
3093case-sensitive (which was not so before), and that all keywords can be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003094used either completely lowercase or completely uppercase. To have the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003095highlighting reflect this, you can set the following variable: >
3096 :let sdl_2000=1
3097
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003098This also sets many new keywords. If you want to disable the old
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003099keywords, which is probably a good idea, use: >
3100 :let SDL_no_96=1
3101
3102
3103The indentation is probably also incomplete, but right now I am very
3104satisfied with it for my own projects.
3105
3106
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003107SED *sed.vim* *ft-sed-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003108
3109To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003110highlighting on the tabs), define "g:sed_highlight_tabs" by putting >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003111
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003112 :let g:sed_highlight_tabs = 1
3113<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003114in the vimrc file. (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
3115inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
3116by an Append/Change/Insert command.) If you enable this option, it is
3117also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
3118you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
3119
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003120GNU sed allows comments after text on the same line. BSD sed only allows
3121comments where "#" is the first character of the line. To enforce BSD-style
3122comments, i.e. mark end-of-line comments as errors, use: >
3123
3124 :let g:sed_dialect = "bsd"
3125<
3126Note that there are other differences between GNU sed and BSD sed which are
3127not (yet) affected by this setting.
3128
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003129Bugs:
3130
3131 The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
3132 command. This means that, as far as this syntax file is concerned,
3133 transform accepts the same flags as substitute, which is wrong.
3134 (Transform accepts no flags.) I tolerate this bug because the
3135 involved commands need very complex treatment (95 patterns, one for
3136 each plausible pattern delimiter).
3137
3138
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003139SGML *sgml.vim* *ft-sgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003140
3141The coloring scheme for tags in the SGML file works as follows.
3142
3143The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3144This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3145closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3146defined for you)
3147
3148Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3149names are not colored which makes it easy to spot errors.
3150
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003151Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003152names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3153
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003154Some SGML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003155are recognized by the sgml.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3156text is shown: <varname> <emphasis> <command> <function> <literal>
3157<replaceable> <ulink> and <link>.
3158
3159If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3160following syntax groups:
3161
3162 - sgmlBold
3163 - sgmlBoldItalic
3164 - sgmlUnderline
3165 - sgmlItalic
3166 - sgmlLink for links
3167
3168To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all and define the
3169following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3170are read during initialization) >
3171 let sgml_my_rendering=1
3172
3173You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3174vimrc file: >
3175 let sgml_no_rendering=1
3176
3177(Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)
3178
3179
Bram Moolenaar4466ad62020-11-21 13:16:30 +01003180 *ft-posix-syntax* *ft-dash-syntax*
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003181SH *sh.vim* *ft-sh-syntax* *ft-bash-syntax* *ft-ksh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003182
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003183This covers syntax highlighting for the older Unix (Bourne) sh, and newer
3184shells such as bash, dash, posix, and the Korn shells.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003185
3186Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003187various filenames are of specific types, e.g.: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003188
3189 ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh
3190 bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash
3191<
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003192See $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim for the full list of patterns. If none of these
3193cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined (ex. looking for
3194/bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a shelltype, then
3195that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are known to be
3196shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many systems sh is
3197symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (Posix).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003198
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003199One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003200variables in your <.vimrc>:
3201
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003202 ksh: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003203 let g:is_kornshell = 1
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003204< posix: (using this is nearly the same as setting g:is_kornshell to 1) >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003205 let g:is_posix = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003206< bash: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003207 let g:is_bash = 1
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003208< sh: (default) Bourne shell >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003209 let g:is_sh = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003210
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003211< (dash users should use posix)
3212
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003213If there's no "#! ..." line, and the user hasn't availed himself/herself of a
3214default sh.vim syntax setting as just shown, then syntax/sh.vim will assume
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003215the Bourne shell syntax. No need to quote RFCs or market penetration
3216statistics in error reports, please -- just select the default version of the
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003217sh your system uses and install the associated "let..." in your <.vimrc>.
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003218
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003219The syntax/sh.vim file provides several levels of syntax-based folding: >
3220
3221 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 0 (default, no syntax folding)
3222 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 1 (enable function folding)
3223 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 2 (enable heredoc folding)
3224 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 4 (enable if/do/for folding)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003225>
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003226then various syntax items (ie. HereDocuments and function bodies) become
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003227syntax-foldable (see |:syn-fold|). You also may add these together
3228to get multiple types of folding: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003229
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003230 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 3 (enables function and heredoc folding)
3231
3232If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards which are fixed
3233when one redraws with CTRL-L, try setting the "sh_minlines" internal variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003234to a larger number. Example: >
3235
3236 let sh_minlines = 500
3237
3238This will make syntax synchronization start 500 lines before the first
3239displayed line. The default value is 200. The disadvantage of using a larger
3240number is that redrawing can become slow.
3241
3242If you don't have much to synchronize on, displaying can be very slow. To
3243reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set. Example: >
3244
3245 let sh_maxlines = 100
3246<
3247The default is to use the twice sh_minlines. Set it to a smaller number to
3248speed up displaying. The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
3249
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003250syntax/sh.vim tries to flag certain problems as errors; usually things like
Bram Moolenaar9fbdbb82022-09-27 17:30:34 +01003251unmatched "]", "done", "fi", etc. If you find the error handling problematic
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003252for your purposes, you may suppress such error highlighting by putting
3253the following line in your .vimrc: >
3254
3255 let g:sh_no_error= 1
3256<
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003257
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003258 *sh-embed* *sh-awk*
3259 Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003260
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003261You may wish to embed languages into sh. I'll give an example courtesy of
3262Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
3263file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
3264
Bram Moolenaardae8d212016-02-27 22:40:16 +01003265 " AWK Embedding:
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003266 " ==============
3267 " Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
3268 if exists("b:current_syntax")
3269 unlet b:current_syntax
3270 endif
3271 syn include @AWKScript syntax/awk.vim
3272 syn region AWKScriptCode matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+[=\\]\@<!'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=@AWKScript contained
3273 syn region AWKScriptEmbedded matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+\<awk\>+ skip=+\\$+ end=+[=\\]\@<!'+me=e-1 contains=@shIdList,@shExprList2 nextgroup=AWKScriptCode
3274 syn cluster shCommandSubList add=AWKScriptEmbedded
3275 hi def link AWKCommand Type
3276<
3277This code will then let the awk code in the single quotes: >
3278 awk '...awk code here...'
3279be highlighted using the awk highlighting syntax. Clearly this may be
3280extended to other languages.
3281
3282
3283SPEEDUP *spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
3284(AspenTech plant simulator)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003285
3286The Speedup syntax file has some options:
3287
3288- strict_subsections : If this variable is defined, only keywords for
3289 sections and subsections will be highlighted as statements but not
3290 other keywords (like WITHIN in the OPERATION section).
3291
3292- highlight_types : Definition of this variable causes stream types
3293 like temperature or pressure to be highlighted as Type, not as a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003294 plain Identifier. Included are the types that are usually found in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003295 the DECLARE section; if you defined own types, you have to include
3296 them in the syntax file.
3297
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003298- oneline_comments : This value ranges from 1 to 3 and determines the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003299 highlighting of # style comments.
3300
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003301 oneline_comments = 1 : Allow normal Speedup code after an even
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003302 number of #s.
3303
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003304 oneline_comments = 2 : Show code starting with the second # as
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003305 error. This is the default setting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003306
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003307 oneline_comments = 3 : Show the whole line as error if it contains
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003308 more than one #.
3309
3310Since especially OPERATION sections tend to become very large due to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003311PRESETting variables, syncing may be critical. If your computer is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003312fast enough, you can increase minlines and/or maxlines near the end of
3313the syntax file.
3314
3315
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003316SQL *sql.vim* *ft-sql-syntax*
3317 *sqlinformix.vim* *ft-sqlinformix-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003318 *sqlanywhere.vim* *ft-sqlanywhere-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003319
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003320While there is an ANSI standard for SQL, most database engines add their own
3321custom extensions. Vim currently supports the Oracle and Informix dialects of
3322SQL. Vim assumes "*.sql" files are Oracle SQL by default.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003323
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003324Vim currently has SQL support for a variety of different vendors via syntax
3325scripts. You can change Vim's default from Oracle to any of the current SQL
3326supported types. You can also easily alter the SQL dialect being used on a
3327buffer by buffer basis.
3328
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003329For more detailed instructions see |ft_sql.txt|.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003330
3331
Bram Moolenaar47003982021-12-05 21:54:04 +00003332SQUIRREL *squirrel.vim* *ft-squirrel-syntax*
3333
3334Squirrel is a high level imperative, object-oriented programming language,
3335designed to be a light-weight scripting language that fits in the size, memory
3336bandwidth, and real-time requirements of applications like video games. Files
3337with the following extensions are recognized as squirrel files: .nut.
3338
3339
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003340TCSH *tcsh.vim* *ft-tcsh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003341
3342This covers the shell named "tcsh". It is a superset of csh. See |csh.vim|
3343for how the filetype is detected.
3344
3345Tcsh does not allow \" in strings unless the "backslash_quote" shell variable
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003346is set. If you want VIM to assume that no backslash quote constructs exist
3347add this line to your .vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003348
3349 :let tcsh_backslash_quote = 0
3350
3351If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3352when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "tcsh_minlines" internal variable
3353to a larger number: >
3354
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003355 :let tcsh_minlines = 1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003356
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003357This will make the syntax synchronization start 1000 lines before the first
3358displayed line. If you set "tcsh_minlines" to "fromstart", then
3359synchronization is done from the start of the file. The default value for
3360tcsh_minlines is 100. The disadvantage of using a larger number is that
3361redrawing can become slow.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003362
3363
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003364TEX *tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003365 *syntax-tex* *syntax-latex*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003366
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003367 Tex Contents~
3368 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? |tex-folding|
3369 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted |g:tex_nospell|
3370 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? |tex-nospell|
3371 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones? |tex-verb|
3372 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones |tex-runon|
3373 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? |tex-slow|
3374 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? |tex-morecommands|
3375 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? |tex-error|
3376 Tex: Need a new Math Group? |tex-math|
3377 Tex: Starting a New Style? |tex-style|
3378 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode |tex-conceal|
3379 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode |g:tex_conceal|
3380 Tex: Controlling iskeyword |g:tex_isk|
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003381 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control |tex-supersub|
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003382 Tex: Match Check Control |tex-matchcheck|
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003383
3384 *tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003385 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003386
3387As of version 28 of <syntax/tex.vim>, syntax-based folding of parts, chapters,
3388sections, subsections, etc are supported. Put >
3389 let g:tex_fold_enabled=1
3390in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax. I suggest doing the latter via a
3391modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
3392 % vim: fdm=syntax
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003393If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
Bram Moolenaar6c1e1572019-06-22 02:13:00 +02003394 https://vimhelp.org/vim_faq.txt.html#faq-29.7
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003395<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003396 *g:tex_nospell*
3397 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted~
3398
3399If you don't want spell checking anywhere in your LaTeX document, put >
3400 let g:tex_nospell=1
3401into your .vimrc. If you merely wish to suppress spell checking inside
3402comments only, see |g:tex_comment_nospell|.
3403
3404 *tex-nospell* *g:tex_comment_nospell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003405 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003406
3407Some folks like to include things like source code in comments and so would
3408prefer that spell checking be disabled in comments in LaTeX files. To do
3409this, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3410 let g:tex_comment_nospell= 1
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003411If you want to suppress spell checking everywhere inside your LaTeX document,
3412see |g:tex_nospell|.
3413
3414 *tex-verb* *g:tex_verbspell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003415 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones?~
Bram Moolenaar74cbdf02010-08-04 23:03:17 +02003416
3417Often verbatim regions are used for things like source code; seldom does
3418one want source code spell-checked. However, for those of you who do
3419want your verbatim zones spell-checked, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3420 let g:tex_verbspell= 1
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003421<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003422 *tex-runon* *tex-stopzone*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003423 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003424
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003425The <syntax/tex.vim> highlighting supports TeX, LaTeX, and some AmsTeX. The
3426highlighting supports three primary zones/regions: normal, texZone, and
3427texMathZone. Although considerable effort has been made to have these zones
3428terminate properly, zones delineated by $..$ and $$..$$ cannot be synchronized
3429as there's no difference between start and end patterns. Consequently, a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003430special "TeX comment" has been provided >
3431 %stopzone
3432which will forcibly terminate the highlighting of either a texZone or a
3433texMathZone.
3434
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003435 *tex-slow* *tex-sync*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003436 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003437
3438If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
3439 :syn sync maxlines=200
3440 :syn sync minlines=50
3441(especially the latter). If your computer is fast, you may wish to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003442increase them. This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003443if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
3444
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003445Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
3446|tex-folding| for a way around this.
3447
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003448 *g:tex_fast*
3449
3450Finally, if syntax highlighting is still too slow, you may set >
3451
3452 :let g:tex_fast= ""
3453
3454in your .vimrc. Used this way, the g:tex_fast variable causes the syntax
3455highlighting script to avoid defining any regions and associated
3456synchronization. The result will be much faster syntax highlighting; the
3457price: you will no longer have as much highlighting or any syntax-based
3458folding, and you will be missing syntax-based error checking.
3459
3460You may decide that some syntax is acceptable; you may use the following table
3461selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
3462
3463 b : allow bold and italic syntax
3464 c : allow texComment syntax
3465 m : allow texMatcher syntax (ie. {...} and [...])
3466 M : allow texMath syntax
3467 p : allow parts, chapter, section, etc syntax
3468 r : allow texRefZone syntax (nocite, bibliography, label, pageref, eqref)
3469 s : allow superscript/subscript regions
3470 S : allow texStyle syntax
3471 v : allow verbatim syntax
3472 V : allow texNewEnv and texNewCmd syntax
3473<
3474As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
3475but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003476(also see: |g:tex_conceal| and |tex-supersub|)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003477
3478 *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003479 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003480
3481LaTeX is a programmable language, and so there are thousands of packages full
3482of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts. If you're using such a
3483package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
3484it. However, clearly this is impractical. So please consider using the
3485techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
Bram Moolenaarb6b046b2011-12-30 13:11:27 +01003486by syntax/tex.vim. Please consider uploading any extensions that you write,
3487which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to
3488http://vim.sf.net/.
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003489
Bram Moolenaar93a1df22018-09-10 11:51:50 +02003490I've included some support for various popular packages on my website: >
3491
3492 http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#LATEXPKGS
3493<
3494The syntax files there go into your .../after/syntax/tex/ directory.
3495
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003496 *tex-error* *g:tex_no_error*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003497 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003498
3499The <tex.vim> supports lexical error checking of various sorts. Thus,
3500although the error checking is ofttimes very useful, it can indicate
3501errors where none actually are. If this proves to be a problem for you,
3502you may put in your <.vimrc> the following statement: >
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003503 let g:tex_no_error=1
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003504and all error checking by <syntax/tex.vim> will be suppressed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003505
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003506 *tex-math*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003507 Tex: Need a new Math Group? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003508
3509If you want to include a new math group in your LaTeX, the following
3510code shows you an example as to how you might do so: >
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003511 call TexNewMathZone(sfx,mathzone,starform)
3512You'll want to provide the new math group with a unique suffix
3513(currently, A-L and V-Z are taken by <syntax/tex.vim> itself).
3514As an example, consider how eqnarray is set up by <syntax/tex.vim>: >
3515 call TexNewMathZone("D","eqnarray",1)
3516You'll need to change "mathzone" to the name of your new math group,
3517and then to the call to it in .vim/after/syntax/tex.vim.
3518The "starform" variable, if true, implies that your new math group
3519has a starred form (ie. eqnarray*).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003520
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003521 *tex-style* *b:tex_stylish*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003522 Tex: Starting a New Style? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003523
3524One may use "\makeatletter" in *.tex files, thereby making the use of "@" in
3525commands available. However, since the *.tex file doesn't have one of the
3526following suffices: sty cls clo dtx ltx, the syntax highlighting will flag
3527such use of @ as an error. To solve this: >
3528
3529 :let b:tex_stylish = 1
3530 :set ft=tex
3531
3532Putting "let g:tex_stylish=1" into your <.vimrc> will make <syntax/tex.vim>
3533always accept such use of @.
3534
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003535 *tex-cchar* *tex-cole* *tex-conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003536 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode~
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003537
Bram Moolenaar477db062010-07-28 18:17:41 +02003538If you have |'conceallevel'| set to 2 and if your encoding is utf-8, then a
3539number of character sequences can be translated into appropriate utf-8 glyphs,
3540including various accented characters, Greek characters in MathZones, and
3541superscripts and subscripts in MathZones. Not all characters can be made into
3542superscripts or subscripts; the constraint is due to what utf-8 supports.
3543In fact, only a few characters are supported as subscripts.
3544
3545One way to use this is to have vertically split windows (see |CTRL-W_v|); one
3546with |'conceallevel'| at 0 and the other at 2; and both using |'scrollbind'|.
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003547
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003548 *g:tex_conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003549 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode~
3550
3551You may selectively use conceal mode by setting g:tex_conceal in your
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003552<.vimrc>. By default, g:tex_conceal is set to "admgs" to enable concealment
3553for the following sets of characters: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003554
3555 a = accents/ligatures
Bram Moolenaard38b0552012-04-25 19:07:41 +02003556 b = bold and italic
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003557 d = delimiters
3558 m = math symbols
3559 g = Greek
3560 s = superscripts/subscripts
3561<
3562By leaving one or more of these out, the associated conceal-character
3563substitution will not be made.
3564
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003565 *g:tex_isk* *g:tex_stylish*
3566 Tex: Controlling iskeyword~
3567
3568Normally, LaTeX keywords support 0-9, a-z, A-z, and 192-255 only. Latex
3569keywords don't support the underscore - except when in *.sty files. The
3570syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
3571
3572 * If g:tex_stylish exists and is 1
3573 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3574 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003575 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003576 * Else if the file's suffix is sty, cls, clo, dtx, or ltx,
3577 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3578 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003579 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003580
3581 * If g:tex_isk exists, then it will be used for the local 'iskeyword'
3582 * Else the local 'iskeyword' will be set to 48-57,a-z,A-Z,192-255
3583
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003584 *tex-supersub* *g:tex_superscripts* *g:tex_subscripts*
3585 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control~
3586
3587 See |tex-conceal| for how to enable concealed character replacement.
3588
3589 See |g:tex_conceal| for selectively concealing accents, bold/italic,
3590 math, Greek, and superscripts/subscripts.
3591
3592 One may exert fine control over which superscripts and subscripts one
3593 wants syntax-based concealment for (see |:syn-cchar|). Since not all
3594 fonts support all characters, one may override the
3595 concealed-replacement lists; by default these lists are given by: >
3596
3597 let g:tex_superscripts= "[0-9a-zA-W.,:;+-<>/()=]"
3598 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aehijklmnoprstuvx,+-/().]"
3599<
3600 For example, I use Luxi Mono Bold; it doesn't support subscript
3601 characters for "hklmnpst", so I put >
3602 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aeijoruvx,+-/().]"
3603< in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
3604 utf-8 glyphs appear.
3605
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003606 *tex-matchcheck* *g:tex_matchcheck*
3607 Tex: Match Check Control~
3608
3609 Sometimes one actually wants mismatched parentheses, square braces,
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02003610 and or curly braces; for example, \text{(1,10]} is a range from but
3611 not including 1 to and including 10. This wish, of course, conflicts
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003612 with the desire to provide delimiter mismatch detection. To
3613 accommodate these conflicting goals, syntax/tex.vim provides >
3614 g:tex_matchcheck = '[({[]'
3615< which is shown along with its default setting. So, if one doesn't
3616 want [] and () to be checked for mismatches, try using >
3617 let g:tex_matchcheck= '[{}]'
3618< If you don't want matching to occur inside bold and italicized
3619 regions, >
3620 let g:tex_excludematcher= 1
3621< will prevent the texMatcher group from being included in those regions.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003622
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003623TF *tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003624
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003625There is one option for the tf syntax highlighting.
3626
3627For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3628set "tf_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3629
3630 :let tf_minlines = your choice
3631<
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003632VIM *vim.vim* *ft-vim-syntax*
3633 *g:vimsyn_minlines* *g:vimsyn_maxlines*
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02003634There is a trade-off between more accurate syntax highlighting versus screen
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003635updating speed. To improve accuracy, you may wish to increase the
3636g:vimsyn_minlines variable. The g:vimsyn_maxlines variable may be used to
3637improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this). >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003638
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003639 g:vimsyn_minlines : used to set synchronization minlines
3640 g:vimsyn_maxlines : used to set synchronization maxlines
3641<
3642 (g:vim_minlines and g:vim_maxlines are deprecated variants of
3643 these two options)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003644
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003645 *g:vimsyn_embed*
3646The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
3647embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003648
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003649 g:vimsyn_embed == 0 : don't support any embedded scripts
3650 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded lua
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003651 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded mzscheme
3652 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded perl
3653 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded python
3654 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'r' : support embedded ruby
3655 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 't' : support embedded tcl
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003656<
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003657By default, g:vimsyn_embed is a string supporting interpreters that your vim
3658itself supports. Concatenate multiple characters to support multiple types
3659of embedded interpreters; ie. g:vimsyn_embed= "mp" supports embedded mzscheme
3660and embedded perl.
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003661 *g:vimsyn_folding*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003662
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003663Some folding is now supported with syntax/vim.vim: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003664
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003665 g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
3666 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : augroups
3667 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003668 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold lua script
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003669 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold mzscheme script
3670 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold perl script
3671 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold python script
3672 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold ruby script
3673 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold tcl script
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +02003674<
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003675 *g:vimsyn_noerror*
Bram Moolenaarb544f3c2017-02-23 19:03:28 +01003676Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; Vim script
3677is a difficult language to highlight correctly. A way to suppress error
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003678highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003679
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003680 let g:vimsyn_noerror = 1
3681<
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003682
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003683
Bram Moolenaar86b48162022-12-06 18:20:10 +00003684WDL *wdl.vim* *wdl-syntax*
3685
3686The Workflow Description Language is a way to specify data processing workflows
3687with a human-readable and writeable syntax. This is used a lot in
3688bioinformatics. More info on the spec can be found here:
3689https://github.com/openwdl/wdl
3690
3691
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003692XF86CONFIG *xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003693
3694The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x. Both
3695variants are supported. Automatic detection is used, but is far from perfect.
3696You may need to specify the version manually. Set the variable
3697xf86conf_xfree86_version to 3 or 4 according to your XFree86 version in
3698your .vimrc. Example: >
3699 :let xf86conf_xfree86_version=3
3700When using a mix of versions, set the b:xf86conf_xfree86_version variable.
3701
3702Note that spaces and underscores in option names are not supported. Use
3703"SyncOnGreen" instead of "__s yn con gr_e_e_n" if you want the option name
3704highlighted.
3705
3706
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003707XML *xml.vim* *ft-xml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003708
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003709Xml namespaces are highlighted by default. This can be inhibited by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003710setting a global variable: >
3711
3712 :let g:xml_namespace_transparent=1
3713<
3714 *xml-folding*
3715The xml syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003716start and end tags. This can be turned on by >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003717
3718 :let g:xml_syntax_folding = 1
3719 :set foldmethod=syntax
3720
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003721Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003722especially for large files.
3723
3724
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003725X Pixmaps (XPM) *xpm.vim* *ft-xpm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003726
3727xpm.vim creates its syntax items dynamically based upon the contents of the
3728XPM file. Thus if you make changes e.g. in the color specification strings,
3729you have to source it again e.g. with ":set syn=xpm".
3730
3731To copy a pixel with one of the colors, yank a "pixel" with "yl" and insert it
3732somewhere else with "P".
3733
3734Do you want to draw with the mouse? Try the following: >
3735 :function! GetPixel()
Bram Moolenaar61660ea2006-04-07 21:40:07 +00003736 : let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003737 : echo c
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00003738 : exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
3739 : exe "noremap <LeftDrag> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003740 :endfunction
3741 :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
3742 :set guicursor=n:hor20 " to see the color beneath the cursor
3743This turns the right button into a pipette and the left button into a pen.
3744It will work with XPM files that have one character per pixel only and you
3745must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
3746
3747It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
3748 :set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
3749
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003750
3751YAML *yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
3752
3753 *g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003754A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving
3755non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on
3756plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string
3757and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point,
3758integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003759will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
3760
3761Schema Description ~
3762failsafe No additional highlighting.
3763json Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
3764core Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003765pyyaml In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps,
3766 but there are some differences in what is recognized as
3767 numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003768 schema.
3769
3770Default schema is `core`.
3771
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003772Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the
3773only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003774difference defined in the syntax file.
3775
Bram Moolenaarf3913272016-02-25 00:00:01 +01003776
3777ZSH *zsh.vim* *ft-zsh-syntax*
3778
3779The syntax script for zsh allows for syntax-based folding: >
3780
3781 :let g:zsh_fold_enable = 1
3782
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003783==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010037846. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003785
3786Vim understands three types of syntax items:
3787
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000037881. Keyword
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01003789 It can only contain keyword characters, according to the characters
3790 specified with |:syn-iskeyword| or the 'iskeyword' option. It cannot
3791 contain other syntax items. It will only match with a complete word (there
3792 are no keyword characters before or after the match). The keyword "if"
3793 would match in "if(a=b)", but not in "ifdef x", because "(" is not a
3794 keyword character and "d" is.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003795
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000037962. Match
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003797 This is a match with a single regexp pattern.
3798
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000037993. Region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003800 This starts at a match of the "start" regexp pattern and ends with a match
3801 with the "end" regexp pattern. Any other text can appear in between. A
3802 "skip" regexp pattern can be used to avoid matching the "end" pattern.
3803
3804Several syntax ITEMs can be put into one syntax GROUP. For a syntax group
3805you can give highlighting attributes. For example, you could have an item
3806to define a "/* .. */" comment and another one that defines a "// .." comment,
3807and put them both in the "Comment" group. You can then specify that a
3808"Comment" will be in bold font and have a blue color. You are free to make
3809one highlight group for one syntax item, or put all items into one group.
3810This depends on how you want to specify your highlighting attributes. Putting
3811each item in its own group results in having to specify the highlighting
3812for a lot of groups.
3813
3814Note that a syntax group and a highlight group are similar. For a highlight
3815group you will have given highlight attributes. These attributes will be used
3816for the syntax group with the same name.
3817
3818In case more than one item matches at the same position, the one that was
3819defined LAST wins. Thus you can override previously defined syntax items by
3820using an item that matches the same text. But a keyword always goes before a
3821match or region. And a keyword with matching case always goes before a
3822keyword with ignoring case.
3823
3824
3825PRIORITY *:syn-priority*
3826
3827When several syntax items may match, these rules are used:
3828
38291. When multiple Match or Region items start in the same position, the item
3830 defined last has priority.
38312. A Keyword has priority over Match and Region items.
38323. An item that starts in an earlier position has priority over items that
3833 start in later positions.
3834
3835
3836DEFINING CASE *:syn-case* *E390*
3837
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003838:sy[ntax] case [match | ignore]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003839 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will work with
3840 matching case, when using "match", or with ignoring case, when using
3841 "ignore". Note that any items before this are not affected, and all
3842 items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
3843
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003844:sy[ntax] case
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003845 Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003846
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003847
3848DEFINING FOLDLEVEL *:syn-foldlevel*
3849
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003850:sy[ntax] foldlevel start
3851:sy[ntax] foldlevel minimum
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003852 This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
3853 foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
3854
3855 start: Use level of item containing start of line.
3856 minimum: Use lowest local-minimum level of items on line.
3857
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003858 The default is "start". Use "minimum" to search a line horizontally
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003859 for the lowest level contained on the line that is followed by a
3860 higher level. This produces more natural folds when syntax items
3861 may close and open horizontally within a line.
3862
3863:sy[ntax] foldlevel
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003864 Show the current foldlevel method, either "syntax foldlevel start" or
3865 "syntax foldlevel minimum".
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003866
3867 {not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
3868
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003869SPELL CHECKING *:syn-spell*
3870
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003871:sy[ntax] spell toplevel
3872:sy[ntax] spell notoplevel
3873:sy[ntax] spell default
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003874 This defines where spell checking is to be done for text that is not
3875 in a syntax item:
3876
3877 toplevel: Text is spell checked.
3878 notoplevel: Text is not spell checked.
3879 default: When there is a @Spell cluster no spell checking.
3880
3881 For text in syntax items use the @Spell and @NoSpell clusters
3882 |spell-syntax|. When there is no @Spell and no @NoSpell cluster then
3883 spell checking is done for "default" and "toplevel".
3884
3885 To activate spell checking the 'spell' option must be set.
3886
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003887:sy[ntax] spell
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003888 Show the current syntax spell checking method, either "syntax spell
3889 toplevel", "syntax spell notoplevel" or "syntax spell default".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003890
3891
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003892SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING *:syn-iskeyword*
3893
3894:sy[ntax] iskeyword [clear | {option}]
3895 This defines the keyword characters. It's like the 'iskeyword' option
3896 for but only applies to syntax highlighting.
3897
3898 clear: Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
3899 buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00003900 {option} Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003901
3902 Example: >
3903 :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
3904<
3905 This would set the syntax specific iskeyword option to include all
3906 alphabetic characters, plus the numeric characters, all accented
3907 characters and also includes the "_" and the "$".
3908
3909 If no argument is given, the current value will be output.
3910
3911 Setting this option influences what |/\k| matches in syntax patterns
Bram Moolenaar298b4402016-01-28 22:38:53 +01003912 and also determines where |:syn-keyword| will be checked for a new
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003913 match.
3914
Bram Moolenaard0796902016-09-16 20:02:31 +02003915 It is recommended when writing syntax files, to use this command to
3916 set the correct value for the specific syntax language and not change
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003917 the 'iskeyword' option.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003918
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003919DEFINING KEYWORDS *:syn-keyword*
3920
3921:sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} .. [{options}]
3922
3923 This defines a number of keywords.
3924
3925 {group-name} Is a syntax group name such as "Comment".
3926 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3927 {keyword} .. Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
3928
3929 Example: >
3930 :syntax keyword Type int long char
3931<
3932 The {options} can be given anywhere in the line. They will apply to
3933 all keywords given, also for options that come after a keyword.
3934 These examples do exactly the same: >
3935 :syntax keyword Type contained int long char
3936 :syntax keyword Type int long contained char
3937 :syntax keyword Type int long char contained
Bram Moolenaar88774fd2015-08-25 19:52:04 +02003938< *E789* *E890*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003939 When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
3940 Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
3941 variations at once: >
3942 :syntax keyword vimCommand ab[breviate] n[ext]
3943<
3944 Don't forget that a keyword can only be recognized if all the
3945 characters are included in the 'iskeyword' option. If one character
3946 isn't, the keyword will never be recognized.
3947 Multi-byte characters can also be used. These do not have to be in
3948 'iskeyword'.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003949 See |:syn-iskeyword| for defining syntax specific iskeyword settings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003950
3951 A keyword always has higher priority than a match or region, the
3952 keyword is used if more than one item matches. Keywords do not nest
3953 and a keyword can't contain anything else.
3954
3955 Note that when you have a keyword that is the same as an option (even
3956 one that isn't allowed here), you can not use it. Use a match
3957 instead.
3958
3959 The maximum length of a keyword is 80 characters.
3960
3961 The same keyword can be defined multiple times, when its containment
3962 differs. For example, you can define the keyword once not contained
3963 and use one highlight group, and once contained, and use a different
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003964 highlight group. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003965 :syn keyword vimCommand tag
3966 :syn keyword vimSetting contained tag
3967< When finding "tag" outside of any syntax item, the "vimCommand"
3968 highlight group is used. When finding "tag" in a syntax item that
3969 contains "vimSetting", the "vimSetting" group is used.
3970
3971
3972DEFINING MATCHES *:syn-match*
3973
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02003974:sy[ntax] match {group-name} [{options}]
3975 [excludenl]
3976 [keepend]
3977 {pattern}
3978 [{options}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003979
3980 This defines one match.
3981
3982 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
3983 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3984 [excludenl] Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
3985 extend a containing match or region. Must be
3986 given before the pattern. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02003987 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
3988 match with the end pattern. See
3989 |:syn-keepend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003990 {pattern} The search pattern that defines the match.
3991 See |:syn-pattern| below.
3992 Note that the pattern may match more than one
3993 line, which makes the match depend on where
3994 Vim starts searching for the pattern. You
3995 need to make sure syncing takes care of this.
3996
3997 Example (match a character constant): >
3998 :syntax match Character /'.'/hs=s+1,he=e-1
3999<
4000
4001DEFINING REGIONS *:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
4002 *E398* *E399*
4003:sy[ntax] region {group-name} [{options}]
4004 [matchgroup={group-name}]
4005 [keepend]
4006 [extend]
4007 [excludenl]
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004008 start={start-pattern} ..
4009 [skip={skip-pattern}]
4010 end={end-pattern} ..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004011 [{options}]
4012
4013 This defines one region. It may span several lines.
4014
4015 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4016 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4017 [matchgroup={group-name}] The syntax group to use for the following
4018 start or end pattern matches only. Not used
4019 for the text in between the matched start and
4020 end patterns. Use NONE to reset to not using
4021 a different group for the start or end match.
4022 See |:syn-matchgroup|.
4023 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4024 match with the end pattern. See
4025 |:syn-keepend|.
4026 extend Override a "keepend" for an item this region
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004027 is contained in. See |:syn-extend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004028 excludenl Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4029 extend a containing match or item. Only
4030 useful for end patterns. Must be given before
4031 the patterns it applies to. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004032 start={start-pattern} The search pattern that defines the start of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004033 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004034 skip={skip-pattern} The search pattern that defines text inside
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004035 the region where not to look for the end
4036 pattern. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004037 end={end-pattern} The search pattern that defines the end of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004038 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
4039
4040 Example: >
4041 :syntax region String start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4042<
4043 The start/skip/end patterns and the options can be given in any order.
4044 There can be zero or one skip pattern. There must be one or more
4045 start and end patterns. This means that you can omit the skip
4046 pattern, but you must give at least one start and one end pattern. It
4047 is allowed to have white space before and after the equal sign
4048 (although it mostly looks better without white space).
4049
4050 When more than one start pattern is given, a match with one of these
4051 is sufficient. This means there is an OR relation between the start
4052 patterns. The last one that matches is used. The same is true for
4053 the end patterns.
4054
4055 The search for the end pattern starts right after the start pattern.
4056 Offsets are not used for this. This implies that the match for the
4057 end pattern will never overlap with the start pattern.
4058
4059 The skip and end pattern can match across line breaks, but since the
4060 search for the pattern can start in any line it often does not do what
4061 you want. The skip pattern doesn't avoid a match of an end pattern in
4062 the next line. Use single-line patterns to avoid trouble.
4063
4064 Note: The decision to start a region is only based on a matching start
4065 pattern. There is no check for a matching end pattern. This does NOT
4066 work: >
4067 :syn region First start="(" end=":"
4068 :syn region Second start="(" end=";"
4069< The Second always matches before the First (last defined pattern has
4070 higher priority). The Second region then continues until the next
4071 ';', no matter if there is a ':' before it. Using a match does work: >
4072 :syn match First "(\_.\{-}:"
4073 :syn match Second "(\_.\{-};"
4074< This pattern matches any character or line break with "\_." and
4075 repeats that with "\{-}" (repeat as few as possible).
4076
4077 *:syn-keepend*
4078 By default, a contained match can obscure a match for the end pattern.
4079 This is useful for nesting. For example, a region that starts with
4080 "{" and ends with "}", can contain another region. An encountered "}"
4081 will then end the contained region, but not the outer region:
4082 { starts outer "{}" region
4083 { starts contained "{}" region
4084 } ends contained "{}" region
4085 } ends outer "{} region
4086 If you don't want this, the "keepend" argument will make the matching
4087 of an end pattern of the outer region also end any contained item.
4088 This makes it impossible to nest the same region, but allows for
4089 contained items to highlight parts of the end pattern, without causing
4090 that to skip the match with the end pattern. Example: >
4091 :syn match vimComment +"[^"]\+$+
4092 :syn region vimCommand start="set" end="$" contains=vimComment keepend
4093< The "keepend" makes the vimCommand always end at the end of the line,
4094 even though the contained vimComment includes a match with the <EOL>.
4095
4096 When "keepend" is not used, a match with an end pattern is retried
4097 after each contained match. When "keepend" is included, the first
4098 encountered match with an end pattern is used, truncating any
4099 contained matches.
4100 *:syn-extend*
4101 The "keepend" behavior can be changed by using the "extend" argument.
4102 When an item with "extend" is contained in an item that uses
4103 "keepend", the "keepend" is ignored and the containing region will be
4104 extended.
4105 This can be used to have some contained items extend a region while
4106 others don't. Example: >
4107
4108 :syn region htmlRef start=+<a>+ end=+</a>+ keepend contains=htmlItem,htmlScript
4109 :syn match htmlItem +<[^>]*>+ contained
4110 :syn region htmlScript start=+<script+ end=+</script[^>]*>+ contained extend
4111
4112< Here the htmlItem item does not make the htmlRef item continue
4113 further, it is only used to highlight the <> items. The htmlScript
4114 item does extend the htmlRef item.
4115
4116 Another example: >
4117 :syn region xmlFold start="<a>" end="</a>" fold transparent keepend extend
4118< This defines a region with "keepend", so that its end cannot be
4119 changed by contained items, like when the "</a>" is matched to
4120 highlight it differently. But when the xmlFold region is nested (it
4121 includes itself), the "extend" applies, so that the "</a>" of a nested
4122 region only ends that region, and not the one it is contained in.
4123
4124 *:syn-excludenl*
4125 When a pattern for a match or end pattern of a region includes a '$'
4126 to match the end-of-line, it will make a region item that it is
4127 contained in continue on the next line. For example, a match with
4128 "\\$" (backslash at the end of the line) can make a region continue
4129 that would normally stop at the end of the line. This is the default
4130 behavior. If this is not wanted, there are two ways to avoid it:
4131 1. Use "keepend" for the containing item. This will keep all
4132 contained matches from extending the match or region. It can be
4133 used when all contained items must not extend the containing item.
4134 2. Use "excludenl" in the contained item. This will keep that match
4135 from extending the containing match or region. It can be used if
4136 only some contained items must not extend the containing item.
4137 "excludenl" must be given before the pattern it applies to.
4138
4139 *:syn-matchgroup*
4140 "matchgroup" can be used to highlight the start and/or end pattern
4141 differently than the body of the region. Example: >
4142 :syntax region String matchgroup=Quote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4143< This will highlight the quotes with the "Quote" group, and the text in
4144 between with the "String" group.
4145 The "matchgroup" is used for all start and end patterns that follow,
4146 until the next "matchgroup". Use "matchgroup=NONE" to go back to not
4147 using a matchgroup.
4148
4149 In a start or end pattern that is highlighted with "matchgroup" the
4150 contained items of the region are not used. This can be used to avoid
4151 that a contained item matches in the start or end pattern match. When
4152 using "transparent", this does not apply to a start or end pattern
4153 match that is highlighted with "matchgroup".
4154
4155 Here is an example, which highlights three levels of parentheses in
4156 different colors: >
4157 :sy region par1 matchgroup=par1 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par2
4158 :sy region par2 matchgroup=par2 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par3 contained
4159 :sy region par3 matchgroup=par3 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par1 contained
4160 :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
4161 :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
4162 :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004163<
4164 *E849*
4165The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004166
4167==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010041687. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004169
4170The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments.
4171The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order
4172and may be mixed with patterns.
4173
4174Not all commands accept all arguments. This table shows which arguments
4175can not be used for all commands:
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +02004176 *E395*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004177 contains oneline fold display extend concealends~
4178:syntax keyword - - - - - -
4179:syntax match yes - yes yes yes -
4180:syntax region yes yes yes yes yes yes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004181
4182These arguments can be used for all three commands:
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004183 conceal
4184 cchar
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004185 contained
4186 containedin
4187 nextgroup
4188 transparent
4189 skipwhite
4190 skipnl
4191 skipempty
4192
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004193conceal *conceal* *:syn-conceal*
4194
4195When the "conceal" argument is given, the item is marked as concealable.
Bram Moolenaar370df582010-06-22 05:16:38 +02004196Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
Bram Moolenaarf5963f72010-07-23 22:10:27 +02004197'conceallevel' option. The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
4198concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
4199edit the line.
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02004200Another way to conceal text is with |matchadd()|.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004201
4202concealends *:syn-concealends*
4203
4204When the "concealends" argument is given, the start and end matches of
4205the region, but not the contents of the region, are marked as concealable.
4206Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
4207'conceallevel' option. The ends of a region can only be concealed separately
4208in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup"
4209
4210cchar *:syn-cchar*
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004211 *E844*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004212The "cchar" argument defines the character shown in place of the item
4213when it is concealed (setting "cchar" only makes sense when the conceal
4214argument is given.) If "cchar" is not set then the default conceal
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004215character defined in the 'listchars' option is used. The character cannot be
4216a control character such as Tab. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004217 :syntax match Entity "&amp;" conceal cchar=&
Bram Moolenaar9028b102010-07-11 16:58:51 +02004218See |hl-Conceal| for highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004219
4220contained *:syn-contained*
4221
4222When the "contained" argument is given, this item will not be recognized at
4223the top level, but only when it is mentioned in the "contains" field of
4224another match. Example: >
4225 :syntax keyword Todo TODO contained
4226 :syntax match Comment "//.*" contains=Todo
4227
4228
4229display *:syn-display*
4230
4231If the "display" argument is given, this item will be skipped when the
4232detected highlighting will not be displayed. This will speed up highlighting,
4233by skipping this item when only finding the syntax state for the text that is
4234to be displayed.
4235
4236Generally, you can use "display" for match and region items that meet these
4237conditions:
4238- The item does not continue past the end of a line. Example for C: A region
4239 for a "/*" comment can't contain "display", because it continues on the next
4240 line.
4241- The item does not contain items that continue past the end of the line or
4242 make it continue on the next line.
4243- The item does not change the size of any item it is contained in. Example
4244 for C: A match with "\\$" in a preprocessor match can't have "display",
4245 because it may make that preprocessor match shorter.
4246- The item does not allow other items to match that didn't match otherwise,
4247 and that item may extend the match too far. Example for C: A match for a
4248 "//" comment can't use "display", because a "/*" inside that comment would
4249 match then and start a comment which extends past the end of the line.
4250
4251Examples, for the C language, where "display" can be used:
4252- match with a number
4253- match with a label
4254
4255
4256transparent *:syn-transparent*
4257
4258If the "transparent" argument is given, this item will not be highlighted
4259itself, but will take the highlighting of the item it is contained in. This
4260is useful for syntax items that don't need any highlighting but are used
4261only to skip over a part of the text.
4262
4263The "contains=" argument is also inherited from the item it is contained in,
4264unless a "contains" argument is given for the transparent item itself. To
4265avoid that unwanted items are contained, use "contains=NONE". Example, which
4266highlights words in strings, but makes an exception for "vim": >
4267 :syn match myString /'[^']*'/ contains=myWord,myVim
4268 :syn match myWord /\<[a-z]*\>/ contained
4269 :syn match myVim /\<vim\>/ transparent contained contains=NONE
4270 :hi link myString String
4271 :hi link myWord Comment
4272Since the "myVim" match comes after "myWord" it is the preferred match (last
4273match in the same position overrules an earlier one). The "transparent"
4274argument makes the "myVim" match use the same highlighting as "myString". But
4275it does not contain anything. If the "contains=NONE" argument would be left
4276out, then "myVim" would use the contains argument from myString and allow
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02004277"myWord" to be contained, which will be highlighted as a Comment. This
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004278happens because a contained match doesn't match inside itself in the same
4279position, thus the "myVim" match doesn't overrule the "myWord" match here.
4280
4281When you look at the colored text, it is like looking at layers of contained
4282items. The contained item is on top of the item it is contained in, thus you
4283see the contained item. When a contained item is transparent, you can look
4284through, thus you see the item it is contained in. In a picture:
4285
4286 look from here
4287
4288 | | | | | |
4289 V V V V V V
4290
4291 xxxx yyy more contained items
4292 .................... contained item (transparent)
4293 ============================= first item
4294
4295The 'x', 'y' and '=' represent a highlighted syntax item. The '.' represent a
4296transparent group.
4297
4298What you see is:
4299
4300 =======xxxx=======yyy========
4301
4302Thus you look through the transparent "....".
4303
4304
4305oneline *:syn-oneline*
4306
4307The "oneline" argument indicates that the region does not cross a line
4308boundary. It must match completely in the current line. However, when the
4309region has a contained item that does cross a line boundary, it continues on
4310the next line anyway. A contained item can be used to recognize a line
4311continuation pattern. But the "end" pattern must still match in the first
4312line, otherwise the region doesn't even start.
4313
4314When the start pattern includes a "\n" to match an end-of-line, the end
4315pattern must be found in the same line as where the start pattern ends. The
4316end pattern may also include an end-of-line. Thus the "oneline" argument
4317means that the end of the start pattern and the start of the end pattern must
4318be within one line. This can't be changed by a skip pattern that matches a
4319line break.
4320
4321
4322fold *:syn-fold*
4323
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004324The "fold" argument makes the fold level increase by one for this item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004325Example: >
4326 :syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
4327 :syn sync fromstart
4328 :set foldmethod=syntax
4329This will make each {} block form one fold.
4330
4331The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
4332ends. If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
4333The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004334See |:syn-foldlevel| to control how the foldlevel of a line is computed
4335from its syntax items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004336{not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4337
4338
4339 *:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004340contains={group-name},..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004341
4342The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. These
4343groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
4344containing group's end). This allows for recursive nesting of matches and
4345regions. If there is no "contains" argument, no groups will be contained in
4346this item. The group names do not need to be defined before they can be used
4347here.
4348
4349contains=ALL
4350 If the only item in the contains list is "ALL", then all
4351 groups will be accepted inside the item.
4352
4353contains=ALLBUT,{group-name},..
4354 If the first item in the contains list is "ALLBUT", then all
4355 groups will be accepted inside the item, except the ones that
4356 are listed. Example: >
4357 :syntax region Block start="{" end="}" ... contains=ALLBUT,Function
4358
4359contains=TOP
4360 If the first item in the contains list is "TOP", then all
4361 groups will be accepted that don't have the "contained"
4362 argument.
4363contains=TOP,{group-name},..
4364 Like "TOP", but excluding the groups that are listed.
4365
4366contains=CONTAINED
4367 If the first item in the contains list is "CONTAINED", then
4368 all groups will be accepted that have the "contained"
4369 argument.
4370contains=CONTAINED,{group-name},..
4371 Like "CONTAINED", but excluding the groups that are
4372 listed.
4373
4374
4375The {group-name} in the "contains" list can be a pattern. All group names
4376that match the pattern will be included (or excluded, if "ALLBUT" is used).
4377The pattern cannot contain white space or a ','. Example: >
4378 ... contains=Comment.*,Keyw[0-3]
4379The matching will be done at moment the syntax command is executed. Groups
4380that are defined later will not be matched. Also, if the current syntax
4381command defines a new group, it is not matched. Be careful: When putting
4382syntax commands in a file you can't rely on groups NOT being defined, because
4383the file may have been sourced before, and ":syn clear" doesn't remove the
4384group names.
4385
4386The contained groups will also match in the start and end patterns of a
4387region. If this is not wanted, the "matchgroup" argument can be used
4388|:syn-matchgroup|. The "ms=" and "me=" offsets can be used to change the
4389region where contained items do match. Note that this may also limit the
4390area that is highlighted
4391
4392
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004393containedin={group-name}... *:syn-containedin*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004394
4395The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. The
4396item will be allowed to begin inside these groups. This works as if the
4397containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
4398
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004399The {group-name}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004400
4401This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards. An item can be told to
4402be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
4403of that item. For example, to highlight a word in a C comment after loading
4404the C syntax: >
4405 :syn keyword myword HELP containedin=cComment contained
4406Note that "contained" is also used, to avoid that the item matches at the top
4407level.
4408
4409Matches for "containedin" are added to the other places where the item can
4410appear. A "contains" argument may also be added as usual. Don't forget that
4411keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
4412work.
4413
4414
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004415nextgroup={group-name},.. *:syn-nextgroup*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004416
4417The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
4418separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
4419
4420If the "nextgroup" argument is given, the mentioned syntax groups will be
4421tried for a match, after the match or region ends. If none of the groups have
4422a match, highlighting continues normally. If there is a match, this group
4423will be used, even when it is not mentioned in the "contains" field of the
4424current group. This is like giving the mentioned group priority over all
4425other groups. Example: >
4426 :syntax match ccFoobar "Foo.\{-}Bar" contains=ccFoo
4427 :syntax match ccFoo "Foo" contained nextgroup=ccFiller
4428 :syntax region ccFiller start="." matchgroup=ccBar end="Bar" contained
4429
4430This will highlight "Foo" and "Bar" differently, and only when there is a
4431"Bar" after "Foo". In the text line below, "f" shows where ccFoo is used for
4432highlighting, and "bbb" where ccBar is used. >
4433
4434 Foo asdfasd Bar asdf Foo asdf Bar asdf
4435 fff bbb fff bbb
4436
4437Note the use of ".\{-}" to skip as little as possible until the next Bar.
4438when ".*" would be used, the "asdf" in between "Bar" and "Foo" would be
4439highlighted according to the "ccFoobar" group, because the ccFooBar match
4440would include the first "Foo" and the last "Bar" in the line (see |pattern|).
4441
4442
4443skipwhite *:syn-skipwhite*
4444skipnl *:syn-skipnl*
4445skipempty *:syn-skipempty*
4446
4447These arguments are only used in combination with "nextgroup". They can be
4448used to allow the next group to match after skipping some text:
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00004449 skipwhite skip over space and tab characters
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004450 skipnl skip over the end of a line
4451 skipempty skip over empty lines (implies a "skipnl")
4452
4453When "skipwhite" is present, the white space is only skipped if there is no
4454next group that matches the white space.
4455
4456When "skipnl" is present, the match with nextgroup may be found in the next
4457line. This only happens when the current item ends at the end of the current
4458line! When "skipnl" is not present, the nextgroup will only be found after
4459the current item in the same line.
4460
4461When skipping text while looking for a next group, the matches for other
4462groups are ignored. Only when no next group matches, other items are tried
4463for a match again. This means that matching a next group and skipping white
4464space and <EOL>s has a higher priority than other items.
4465
4466Example: >
4467 :syn match ifstart "\<if.*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty
4468 :syn match ifline "[^ \t].*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty contained
4469 :syn match ifline "endif" contained
4470Note that the "[^ \t].*" match matches all non-white text. Thus it would also
4471match "endif". Therefore the "endif" match is put last, so that it takes
4472precedence.
4473Note that this example doesn't work for nested "if"s. You need to add
4474"contains" arguments to make that work (omitted for simplicity of the
4475example).
4476
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004477IMPLICIT CONCEAL *:syn-conceal-implicit*
4478
4479:sy[ntax] conceal [on|off]
4480 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will define keywords,
4481 matches or regions with the "conceal" flag set. After ":syn conceal
4482 on", all subsequent ":syn keyword", ":syn match" or ":syn region"
4483 defined will have the "conceal" flag set implicitly. ":syn conceal
4484 off" returns to the normal state where the "conceal" flag must be
4485 given explicitly.
4486
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004487:sy[ntax] conceal
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004488 Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004489
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004490==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010044918. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004492
4493In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical
4494characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to
4495use is the double quote. But if the pattern contains a double quote, you can
4496use another character that is not used in the pattern. Examples: >
4497 :syntax region Comment start="/\*" end="\*/"
4498 :syntax region String start=+"+ end=+"+ skip=+\\"+
4499
4500See |pattern| for the explanation of what a pattern is. Syntax patterns are
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004501always interpreted like the 'magic' option is set, no matter what the actual
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004502value of 'magic' is. And the patterns are interpreted like the 'l' flag is
4503not included in 'cpoptions'. This was done to make syntax files portable and
4504independent of 'compatible' and 'magic' settings.
4505
4506Try to avoid patterns that can match an empty string, such as "[a-z]*".
4507This slows down the highlighting a lot, because it matches everywhere.
4508
4509 *:syn-pattern-offset*
4510The pattern can be followed by a character offset. This can be used to
4511change the highlighted part, and to change the text area included in the
4512match or region (which only matters when trying to match other items). Both
4513are relative to the matched pattern. The character offset for a skip
4514pattern can be used to tell where to continue looking for an end pattern.
4515
4516The offset takes the form of "{what}={offset}"
4517The {what} can be one of seven strings:
4518
4519ms Match Start offset for the start of the matched text
4520me Match End offset for the end of the matched text
4521hs Highlight Start offset for where the highlighting starts
4522he Highlight End offset for where the highlighting ends
4523rs Region Start offset for where the body of a region starts
4524re Region End offset for where the body of a region ends
4525lc Leading Context offset past "leading context" of pattern
4526
4527The {offset} can be:
4528
4529s start of the matched pattern
4530s+{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4531s-{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
4532e end of the matched pattern
4533e+{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4534e-{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
Bram Moolenaarac7bd632013-03-19 11:35:58 +01004535{nr} (for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars right of the start
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004536
4537Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
4538
4539Although all offsets are accepted after any pattern, they are not always
4540meaningful. This table shows which offsets are actually used:
4541
4542 ms me hs he rs re lc ~
4543match item yes yes yes yes - - yes
4544region item start yes - yes - yes - yes
4545region item skip - yes - - - - yes
4546region item end - yes - yes - yes yes
4547
4548Offsets can be concatenated, with a ',' in between. Example: >
4549 :syn match String /"[^"]*"/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4550<
4551 some "string" text
4552 ^^^^^^ highlighted
4553
4554Notes:
4555- There must be no white space between the pattern and the character
4556 offset(s).
4557- The highlighted area will never be outside of the matched text.
4558- A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
4559 pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004560- Before Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.
Bram Moolenaar207f0092020-08-30 17:20:20 +02004561 This didn't work well for multibyte characters, so it was changed with the
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004562 Vim 7.2 release.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004563- The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
4564 matched. This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e. You can make the highlighting
4565 start in another line, this does work: "a\nb"hs=e.
4566
4567Example (match a comment but don't highlight the /* and */): >
4568 :syntax region Comment start="/\*"hs=e+1 end="\*/"he=s-1
4569<
4570 /* this is a comment */
4571 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ highlighted
4572
4573A more complicated Example: >
4574 :syn region Exa matchgroup=Foo start="foo"hs=s+2,rs=e+2 matchgroup=Bar end="bar"me=e-1,he=e-1,re=s-1
4575<
4576 abcfoostringbarabc
4577 mmmmmmmmmmm match
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00004578 sssrrreee highlight start/region/end ("Foo", "Exa" and "Bar")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004579
4580Leading context *:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
4581
4582Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
4583with previous Vim versions. It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
Bram Moolenaar1588bc82022-03-08 21:35:07 +00004584in the pattern. You can also often use |/\zs|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004585
4586The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
4587be present, but is not considered part of the match. An offset of "lc=n" will
4588cause Vim to step back n columns before attempting the pattern match, allowing
4589characters which have already been matched in previous patterns to also be
4590used as leading context for this match. This can be used, for instance, to
4591specify that an "escaping" character must not precede the match: >
4592
4593 :syn match ZNoBackslash "[^\\]z"ms=s+1
4594 :syn match WNoBackslash "[^\\]w"lc=1
4595 :syn match Underline "_\+"
4596<
4597 ___zzzz ___wwww
4598 ^^^ ^^^ matches Underline
4599 ^ ^ matches ZNoBackslash
4600 ^^^^ matches WNoBackslash
4601
4602The "ms" offset is automatically set to the same value as the "lc" offset,
4603unless you set "ms" explicitly.
4604
4605
4606Multi-line patterns *:syn-multi-line*
4607
4608The patterns can include "\n" to match an end-of-line. Mostly this works as
4609expected, but there are a few exceptions.
4610
4611When using a start pattern with an offset, the start of the match is not
4612allowed to start in a following line. The highlighting can start in a
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004613following line though. Using the "\zs" item also requires that the start of
4614the match doesn't move to another line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004615
4616The skip pattern can include the "\n", but the search for an end pattern will
4617continue in the first character of the next line, also when that character is
4618matched by the skip pattern. This is because redrawing may start in any line
4619halfway a region and there is no check if the skip pattern started in a
4620previous line. For example, if the skip pattern is "a\nb" and an end pattern
4621is "b", the end pattern does match in the second line of this: >
4622 x x a
4623 b x x
4624Generally this means that the skip pattern should not match any characters
4625after the "\n".
4626
4627
4628External matches *:syn-ext-match*
4629
4630These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
4631
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02004632 */\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52* *E879*
Bram Moolenaara3e6bc92013-01-30 14:18:00 +01004633 \z(\) Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
4634 accessed from another pattern match. Currently only usable in
4635 defining a syntax region start pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004636
4637 */\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
4638 \z1 ... \z9 */\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
4639 Matches the same string that was matched by the corresponding
4640 sub-expression in a previous start pattern match.
4641
4642Sometimes the start and end patterns of a region need to share a common
4643sub-expression. A common example is the "here" document in Perl and many Unix
4644shells. This effect can be achieved with the "\z" special regular expression
4645items, which marks a sub-expression as "external", in the sense that it can be
4646referenced from outside the pattern in which it is defined. The here-document
4647example, for instance, can be done like this: >
4648 :syn region hereDoc start="<<\z(\I\i*\)" end="^\z1$"
4649
4650As can be seen here, the \z actually does double duty. In the start pattern,
4651it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01004652changes the \z1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004653first external sub-expression in the start pattern. External references can
4654also be used in skip patterns: >
Bram Moolenaarfa3b7232021-12-24 13:18:38 +00004655 :syn region foo start="start \z(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004656
4657Note that normal and external sub-expressions are completely orthogonal and
4658indexed separately; for instance, if the pattern "\z(..\)\(..\)" is applied
4659to the string "aabb", then \1 will refer to "bb" and \z1 will refer to "aa".
4660Note also that external sub-expressions cannot be accessed as back-references
4661within the same pattern like normal sub-expressions. If you want to use one
4662sub-expression as both a normal and an external sub-expression, you can nest
4663the two, as in "\(\z(...\)\)".
4664
4665Note that only matches within a single line can be used. Multi-line matches
4666cannot be referred to.
4667
4668==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010046699. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004670
4671:sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..]
4672 [add={group-name}..]
4673 [remove={group-name}..]
4674
4675This command allows you to cluster a list of syntax groups together under a
4676single name.
4677
4678 contains={group-name}..
4679 The cluster is set to the specified list of groups.
4680 add={group-name}..
4681 The specified groups are added to the cluster.
4682 remove={group-name}..
4683 The specified groups are removed from the cluster.
4684
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004685A cluster so defined may be referred to in a contains=.., containedin=..,
4686nextgroup=.., add=.. or remove=.. list with a "@" prefix. You can also use
4687this notation to implicitly declare a cluster before specifying its contents.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004688
4689Example: >
4690 :syntax match Thing "# [^#]\+ #" contains=@ThingMembers
4691 :syntax cluster ThingMembers contains=ThingMember1,ThingMember2
4692
4693As the previous example suggests, modifications to a cluster are effectively
4694retroactive; the membership of the cluster is checked at the last minute, so
4695to speak: >
4696 :syntax keyword A aaa
4697 :syntax keyword B bbb
4698 :syntax cluster AandB contains=A
4699 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@AandB
4700 :syntax cluster AandB add=B " now both keywords are matched in Stuff
4701
4702This also has implications for nested clusters: >
4703 :syntax keyword A aaa
4704 :syntax keyword B bbb
4705 :syntax cluster SmallGroup contains=B
4706 :syntax cluster BigGroup contains=A,@SmallGroup
4707 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
4708 :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B " no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
4709 :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B " now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004710<
4711 *E848*
4712The maximum number of clusters is 9767.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004713
4714==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100471510. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004716
4717It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for
4718a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in
4719two different ways:
4720
4721 - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4722 allowed at the top level in the including syntax, you can simply use
4723 the |:runtime| command: >
4724
4725 " In cpp.vim:
4726 :runtime! syntax/c.vim
4727 :unlet b:current_syntax
4728
4729< - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4730 contained within a region in the including syntax, you can use the
4731 ":syntax include" command:
4732
4733:sy[ntax] include [@{grouplist-name}] {file-name}
4734
4735 All syntax items declared in the included file will have the
4736 "contained" flag added. In addition, if a group list is specified,
4737 all top-level syntax items in the included file will be added to
4738 that list. >
4739
4740 " In perl.vim:
4741 :syntax include @Pod <sfile>:p:h/pod.vim
4742 :syntax region perlPOD start="^=head" end="^=cut" contains=@Pod
4743<
4744 When {file-name} is an absolute path (starts with "/", "c:", "$VAR"
4745 or "<sfile>") that file is sourced. When it is a relative path
4746 (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
4747 All matching files are loaded. Using a relative path is
4748 recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +01004749 with their own version, without replacing the file that does the
4750 ":syn include".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004751
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004752 *E847*
4753The maximum number of includes is 999.
4754
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004755==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100475611. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004757
4758Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To
4759make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where
4760redrawing starts.
4761
4762:sy[ntax] sync [ccomment [group-name] | minlines={N} | ...]
4763
4764There are four ways to synchronize:
47651. Always parse from the start of the file.
4766 |:syn-sync-first|
47672. Based on C-style comments. Vim understands how C-comments work and can
4768 figure out if the current line starts inside or outside a comment.
4769 |:syn-sync-second|
47703. Jumping back a certain number of lines and start parsing there.
4771 |:syn-sync-third|
47724. Searching backwards in the text for a pattern to sync on.
4773 |:syn-sync-fourth|
4774
4775 *:syn-sync-maxlines* *:syn-sync-minlines*
4776For the last three methods, the line range where the parsing can start is
4777limited by "minlines" and "maxlines".
4778
4779If the "minlines={N}" argument is given, the parsing always starts at least
4780that many lines backwards. This can be used if the parsing may take a few
4781lines before it's correct, or when it's not possible to use syncing.
4782
4783If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
4784for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
4785adding "minlines"). This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
4786slow machine. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +01004787 :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004788<
4789 *:syn-sync-linebreaks*
4790When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
4791cause a pattern to no longer match in a previous line. This means has to
4792start above where the change was made. How many lines can be specified with
4793the "linebreaks" argument. For example, when a pattern may include one line
4794break use this: >
4795 :syntax sync linebreaks=1
4796The result is that redrawing always starts at least one line before where a
4797change was made. The default value for "linebreaks" is zero. Usually the
4798value for "minlines" is bigger than "linebreaks".
4799
4800
4801First syncing method: *:syn-sync-first*
4802>
4803 :syntax sync fromstart
4804
4805The file will be parsed from the start. This makes syntax highlighting
4806accurate, but can be slow for long files. Vim caches previously parsed text,
4807so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time. However,
Bram Moolenaarf1568ec2011-12-14 21:17:39 +01004808when making changes some part of the text needs to be parsed again (worst
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004809case: to the end of the file).
4810
4811Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
4812
4813
4814Second syncing method: *:syn-sync-second* *:syn-sync-ccomment*
4815
4816For the second method, only the "ccomment" argument needs to be given.
4817Example: >
4818 :syntax sync ccomment
4819
4820When Vim finds that the line where displaying starts is inside a C-style
4821comment, the last region syntax item with the group-name "Comment" will be
4822used. This requires that there is a region with the group-name "Comment"!
4823An alternate group name can be specified, for example: >
4824 :syntax sync ccomment javaComment
4825This means that the last item specified with "syn region javaComment" will be
4826used for the detected C comment region. This only works properly if that
4827region does have a start pattern "\/*" and an end pattern "*\/".
4828
4829The "maxlines" argument can be used to restrict the search to a number of
4830lines. The "minlines" argument can be used to at least start a number of
4831lines back (e.g., for when there is some construct that only takes a few
4832lines, but it hard to sync on).
4833
4834Note: Syncing on a C comment doesn't work properly when strings are used
4835that cross a line and contain a "*/". Since letting strings cross a line
4836is a bad programming habit (many compilers give a warning message), and the
4837chance of a "*/" appearing inside a comment is very small, this restriction
4838is hardly ever noticed.
4839
4840
4841Third syncing method: *:syn-sync-third*
4842
4843For the third method, only the "minlines={N}" argument needs to be given.
4844Vim will subtract {N} from the line number and start parsing there. This
4845means {N} extra lines need to be parsed, which makes this method a bit slower.
4846Example: >
4847 :syntax sync minlines=50
4848
4849"lines" is equivalent to "minlines" (used by older versions).
4850
4851
4852Fourth syncing method: *:syn-sync-fourth*
4853
4854The idea is to synchronize on the end of a few specific regions, called a
4855sync pattern. Only regions can cross lines, so when we find the end of some
4856region, we might be able to know in which syntax item we are. The search
4857starts in the line just above the one where redrawing starts. From there
4858the search continues backwards in the file.
4859
4860This works just like the non-syncing syntax items. You can use contained
4861matches, nextgroup, etc. But there are a few differences:
4862- Keywords cannot be used.
4863- The syntax items with the "sync" keyword form a completely separated group
4864 of syntax items. You can't mix syncing groups and non-syncing groups.
4865- The matching works backwards in the buffer (line by line), instead of
4866 forwards.
4867- A line continuation pattern can be given. It is used to decide which group
4868 of lines need to be searched like they were one line. This means that the
4869 search for a match with the specified items starts in the first of the
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01004870 consecutive lines that contain the continuation pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004871- When using "nextgroup" or "contains", this only works within one line (or
4872 group of continued lines).
4873- When using a region, it must start and end in the same line (or group of
4874 continued lines). Otherwise the end is assumed to be at the end of the
4875 line (or group of continued lines).
4876- When a match with a sync pattern is found, the rest of the line (or group of
4877 continued lines) is searched for another match. The last match is used.
4878 This is used when a line can contain both the start end the end of a region
4879 (e.g., in a C-comment like /* this */, the last "*/" is used).
4880
4881There are two ways how a match with a sync pattern can be used:
48821. Parsing for highlighting starts where redrawing starts (and where the
4883 search for the sync pattern started). The syntax group that is expected
4884 to be valid there must be specified. This works well when the regions
4885 that cross lines cannot contain other regions.
48862. Parsing for highlighting continues just after the match. The syntax group
4887 that is expected to be present just after the match must be specified.
4888 This can be used when the previous method doesn't work well. It's much
4889 slower, because more text needs to be parsed.
4890Both types of sync patterns can be used at the same time.
4891
4892Besides the sync patterns, other matches and regions can be specified, to
4893avoid finding unwanted matches.
4894
4895[The reason that the sync patterns are given separately, is that mostly the
4896search for the sync point can be much simpler than figuring out the
4897highlighting. The reduced number of patterns means it will go (much)
4898faster.]
4899
4900 *syn-sync-grouphere* *E393* *E394*
4901 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} grouphere {group-name} "pattern" ..
4902
4903 Define a match that is used for syncing. {group-name} is the
4904 name of a syntax group that follows just after the match. Parsing
4905 of the text for highlighting starts just after the match. A region
4906 must exist for this {group-name}. The first one defined will be used.
4907 "NONE" can be used for when there is no syntax group after the match.
4908
4909 *syn-sync-groupthere*
4910 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} groupthere {group-name} "pattern" ..
4911
4912 Like "grouphere", but {group-name} is the name of a syntax group that
4913 is to be used at the start of the line where searching for the sync
4914 point started. The text between the match and the start of the sync
4915 pattern searching is assumed not to change the syntax highlighting.
4916 For example, in C you could search backwards for "/*" and "*/". If
4917 "/*" is found first, you know that you are inside a comment, so the
4918 "groupthere" is "cComment". If "*/" is found first, you know that you
4919 are not in a comment, so the "groupthere" is "NONE". (in practice
4920 it's a bit more complicated, because the "/*" and "*/" could appear
4921 inside a string. That's left as an exercise to the reader...).
4922
4923 :syntax sync match ..
4924 :syntax sync region ..
4925
4926 Without a "groupthere" argument. Define a region or match that is
4927 skipped while searching for a sync point.
4928
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00004929 *syn-sync-linecont*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004930 :syntax sync linecont {pattern}
4931
4932 When {pattern} matches in a line, it is considered to continue in
4933 the next line. This means that the search for a sync point will
4934 consider the lines to be concatenated.
4935
4936If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given too, the number of lines that are
4937searched for a match is restricted to N. This is useful if you have very
4938few things to sync on and a slow machine. Example: >
4939 :syntax sync maxlines=100
4940
4941You can clear all sync settings with: >
4942 :syntax sync clear
4943
4944You can clear specific sync patterns with: >
4945 :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} ..
4946
4947==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100494812. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004949
Bram Moolenaar482aaeb2005-09-29 18:26:07 +00004950This command lists all the syntax items: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004951
4952 :sy[ntax] [list]
4953
4954To show the syntax items for one syntax group: >
4955
4956 :sy[ntax] list {group-name}
4957
Bram Moolenaar24ea3ba2010-09-19 19:01:21 +02004958To list the syntax groups in one cluster: *E392* >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004959
4960 :sy[ntax] list @{cluster-name}
4961
4962See above for other arguments for the ":syntax" command.
4963
4964Note that the ":syntax" command can be abbreviated to ":sy", although ":syn"
4965is mostly used, because it looks better.
4966
4967==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100496813. Colorschemes *color-schemes*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004969
Bram Moolenaarb7398fe2023-05-14 18:50:25 +01004970In the next section you can find information about individual highlight groups
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004971and how to specify colors for them. Most likely you want to just select a set
4972of colors by using the `:colorscheme` command, for example: >
Bram Moolenaarb59ae592022-11-23 23:46:31 +00004973
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004974 colorscheme pablo
4975<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004976 *:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02004977:colo[rscheme] Output the name of the currently active color scheme.
4978 This is basically the same as >
4979 :echo g:colors_name
4980< In case g:colors_name has not been defined :colo will
4981 output "default". When compiled without the |+eval|
4982 feature it will output "unknown".
4983
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004984:colo[rscheme] {name} Load color scheme {name}. This searches 'runtimepath'
Bram Moolenaarbc488a72013-07-05 21:01:22 +02004985 for the file "colors/{name}.vim". The first one that
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004986 is found is loaded.
Bram Moolenaare18c0b32016-03-20 21:08:34 +01004987 Also searches all plugins in 'packpath', first below
4988 "start" and then under "opt".
4989
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004990 Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004991 ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01004992
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004993You have two options for customizing a color scheme. For changing the
4994appearance of specific colors, you can redefine a color name before loading
4995the scheme. The desert scheme uses the khaki color for the cursor. To use a
4996darker variation of the same color: >
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00004997
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004998 let v:colornames['khaki'] = '#bdb76b'
4999 colorscheme desert
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005000<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005001For further customization, such as changing |:highlight-link| associations,
5002use another name, e.g. "~/.vim/colors/mine.vim", and use `:runtime` to load
5003the original color scheme: >
5004 runtime colors/evening.vim
5005 hi Statement ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005006
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005007Before the color scheme will be loaded all default color list scripts
5008(`colors/lists/default.vim`) will be executed and then the |ColorSchemePre|
5009autocommand event is triggered. After the color scheme has been loaded the
5010|ColorScheme| autocommand event is triggered.
5011
Bram Moolenaare8008642022-08-19 17:15:35 +01005012 *colorscheme-override*
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005013If a color scheme is almost right, you can add modifications on top of it by
5014using the |ColorScheme| autocommand. For example, to remove the background
5015color (can make it transparent in some terminals): >
5016 augroup my_colorschemes
5017 au!
5018 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
5019 augroup END
5020
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005021Change a couple more colors: >
5022 augroup my_colorschemes
5023 au!
5024 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005025 \ | highlight Special ctermfg=63
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005026 \ | highlight Identifier ctermfg=44
5027 augroup END
5028
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005029If you make a lot of changes it might be better to copy the distributed
5030colorscheme to your home directory and change it: >
5031 :!cp $VIMRUNTIME/colors/pablo.vim ~/.vim/colors
5032 :edit ~/.vim/colors/pablo.vim
5033
5034With Vim 9.0 the collection of color schemes was updated and made work in many
5035different terminals. One change was to often define the Normal highlight
5036group to make sure the colors work well. In case you prefer the old version,
5037you can find them here:
5038https://github.com/vim/colorschemes/blob/master/legacy_colors/
5039
5040For info about writing a color scheme file: >
5041 :edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt
5042
5043
5044==============================================================================
504514. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
5046
5047There are three types of highlight groups:
5048- The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the
5049 name of the language. Many of these don't have any attributes, but are
5050 linked to a group of the second type.
5051- The ones used for all syntax languages.
5052- The ones used for the 'highlight' option.
5053 *hitest.vim*
5054You can see all the groups currently active with this command: >
5055 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/hitest.vim
5056This will open a new window containing all highlight group names, displayed
5057in their own color.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005058
5059:hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have
5060 attributes set.
5061
5062:hi[ghlight] {group-name}
5063 List one highlight group.
5064
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005065 *highlight-clear* *:hi-clear*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005066:hi[ghlight] clear Reset all highlighting to the defaults. Removes all
Bram Moolenaarf1dcd142022-12-31 15:30:45 +00005067 highlighting for groups added by the user.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005068 Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
5069 default colors to use.
Bram Moolenaar213da552020-09-17 19:59:26 +02005070 If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005071
5072:hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
5073:hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE
5074 Disable the highlighting for one highlight group. It
5075 is _not_ set back to the default colors.
5076
5077:hi[ghlight] [default] {group-name} {key}={arg} ..
5078 Add a highlight group, or change the highlighting for
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005079 an existing group. If a given color name is not
Bram Moolenaar519cc552021-11-16 19:18:26 +00005080 recognized, each `colors/lists/default.vim` found on
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005081 |'runtimepath'| will be loaded.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005082 See |highlight-args| for the {key}={arg} arguments.
5083 See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
5084 argument.
5085
5086Normally a highlight group is added once when starting up. This sets the
5087default values for the highlighting. After that, you can use additional
5088highlight commands to change the arguments that you want to set to non-default
5089values. The value "NONE" can be used to switch the value off or go back to
5090the default value.
5091
5092A simple way to change colors is with the |:colorscheme| command. This loads
5093a file with ":highlight" commands such as this: >
5094
5095 :hi Comment gui=bold
5096
5097Note that all settings that are not included remain the same, only the
5098specified field is used, and settings are merged with previous ones. So, the
5099result is like this single command has been used: >
5100 :hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=Cyan guifg=#80a0ff gui=bold
5101<
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005102 *:highlight-verbose*
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005103When listing a highlight group and 'verbose' is non-zero, the listing will
5104also tell where it was last set. Example: >
5105 :verbose hi Comment
5106< Comment xxx term=bold ctermfg=4 guifg=Blue ~
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005107 Last set from /home/mool/vim/vim7/runtime/syntax/syncolor.vim ~
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005108
Bram Moolenaar8aff23a2005-08-19 20:40:30 +00005109When ":hi clear" is used then the script where this command is used will be
5110mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005111
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005112 *highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
5113There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
5114term a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005115cterm a color terminal (MS-Windows console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005116 termcap entry)
5117gui the GUI
5118
5119For each type the highlighting can be given. This makes it possible to use
5120the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
5121
51221. highlight arguments for normal terminals
5123
Bram Moolenaar75c50c42005-06-04 22:06:24 +00005124 *bold* *underline* *undercurl*
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005125 *underdouble* *underdotted*
5126 *underdashed* *inverse* *italic*
5127 *standout* *nocombine* *strikethrough*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005128term={attr-list} *attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005129 attr-list is a comma-separated list (without spaces) of the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005130 following items (in any order):
5131 bold
5132 underline
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005133 undercurl not always available
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005134 underdouble not always available
5135 underdotted not always available
5136 underdashed not always available
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005137 strikethrough not always available
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005138 reverse
5139 inverse same as reverse
5140 italic
5141 standout
Bram Moolenaar0cd2a942017-08-12 15:12:30 +02005142 nocombine override attributes instead of combining them
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005143 NONE no attributes used (used to reset it)
5144
5145 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5146 have the same effect.
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005147 *underline-codes*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005148 "undercurl" is a curly underline. When "undercurl" is not possible
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005149 then "underline" is used. In general "undercurl" and "strikethrough"
Bram Moolenaaracc22402020-06-07 21:07:18 +02005150 are only available in the GUI and some terminals. The color is set
5151 with |highlight-guisp| or |highlight-ctermul|. You can try these
5152 termcap entries to make undercurl work in a terminal: >
5153 let &t_Cs = "\e[4:3m"
5154 let &t_Ce = "\e[4:0m"
5155
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005156< "underdouble" is a double underline, "underdotted" is a dotted
5157 underline and "underdashed" is a dashed underline. These are only
5158 supported by some terminals. If your terminal supports them you may
5159 have to specify the codes like this: >
5160 let &t_Us = "\e[4:2m"
5161 let &t_ds = "\e[4:4m"
5162 let &t_Ds = "\e[4:5m"
5163< They are reset with |t_Ce|, the same as curly underline (undercurl).
5164 When t_Us, t_ds or t_Ds is not set then underline will be used as a
5165 fallback.
5166
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005167
5168start={term-list} *highlight-start* *E422*
5169stop={term-list} *term-list* *highlight-stop*
5170 These lists of terminal codes can be used to get
5171 non-standard attributes on a terminal.
5172
5173 The escape sequence specified with the "start" argument
5174 is written before the characters in the highlighted
5175 area. It can be anything that you want to send to the
5176 terminal to highlight this area. The escape sequence
5177 specified with the "stop" argument is written after the
5178 highlighted area. This should undo the "start" argument.
5179 Otherwise the screen will look messed up.
5180
5181 The {term-list} can have two forms:
5182
5183 1. A string with escape sequences.
5184 This is any string of characters, except that it can't start with
5185 "t_" and blanks are not allowed. The <> notation is recognized
5186 here, so you can use things like "<Esc>" and "<Space>". Example:
5187 start=<Esc>[27h;<Esc>[<Space>r;
5188
5189 2. A list of terminal codes.
5190 Each terminal code has the form "t_xx", where "xx" is the name of
5191 the termcap entry. The codes have to be separated with commas.
5192 White space is not allowed. Example:
5193 start=t_C1,t_BL
5194 The terminal codes must exist for this to work.
5195
5196
51972. highlight arguments for color terminals
5198
5199cterm={attr-list} *highlight-cterm*
5200 See above for the description of {attr-list} |attr-list|.
5201 The "cterm" argument is likely to be different from "term", when
5202 colors are used. For example, in a normal terminal comments could
5203 be underlined, in a color terminal they can be made Blue.
Bram Moolenaar68e65602019-05-26 21:33:31 +02005204 Note: Some terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
5205 with coloring. To be portable, use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg="
5206 OR "ctermbg=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005207
5208ctermfg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
5209ctermbg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermbg*
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005210ctermul={color-nr} *highlight-ctermul*
5211 These give the foreground (ctermfg), background (ctermbg) and
5212 underline (ctermul) color to use in the terminal.
5213
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005214 The {color-nr} argument is a color number. Its range is zero to
5215 (not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
5216 The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
5217 and its settings. Sometimes the color also depends on the settings of
5218 "cterm". For example, on some systems "cterm=bold ctermfg=3" gives
5219 another color, on others you just get color 3.
5220
5221 For an xterm this depends on your resources, and is a bit
5222 unpredictable. See your xterm documentation for the defaults. The
5223 colors for a color-xterm can be changed from the .Xdefaults file.
5224 Unfortunately this means that it's not possible to get the same colors
5225 for each user. See |xterm-color| for info about color xterms.
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005226 *tmux*
5227 When using tmux you may want to use this in the tmux config: >
5228 # tmux colors
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02005229 set -s default-terminal "tmux-256color"
5230 set -as terminal-overrides ",*-256color:Tc"
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005231< More info at:
5232 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-a-256-colour-terminal
5233 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-rgb-colour
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005234
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005235 The MS-Windows standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so
5236 these have been used for the names. But the meaning of color names in
5237 X11 are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005238 highlighting settings portable (complicated, isn't it?). The
5239 following names are recognized, with the color number used:
5240
5241 *cterm-colors*
5242 NR-16 NR-8 COLOR NAME ~
5243 0 0 Black
5244 1 4 DarkBlue
5245 2 2 DarkGreen
5246 3 6 DarkCyan
5247 4 1 DarkRed
5248 5 5 DarkMagenta
5249 6 3 Brown, DarkYellow
5250 7 7 LightGray, LightGrey, Gray, Grey
5251 8 0* DarkGray, DarkGrey
5252 9 4* Blue, LightBlue
5253 10 2* Green, LightGreen
5254 11 6* Cyan, LightCyan
5255 12 1* Red, LightRed
5256 13 5* Magenta, LightMagenta
5257 14 3* Yellow, LightYellow
5258 15 7* White
5259
5260 The number under "NR-16" is used for 16-color terminals ('t_Co'
5261 greater than or equal to 16). The number under "NR-8" is used for
5262 8-color terminals ('t_Co' less than 16). The '*' indicates that the
5263 bold attribute is set for ctermfg. In many 8-color terminals (e.g.,
5264 "linux"), this causes the bright colors to appear. This doesn't work
5265 for background colors! Without the '*' the bold attribute is removed.
5266 If you want to set the bold attribute in a different way, put a
5267 "cterm=" argument AFTER the "ctermfg=" or "ctermbg=" argument. Or use
5268 a number instead of a color name.
5269
5270 The case of the color names is ignored.
5271 Note that for 16 color ansi style terminals (including xterms), the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005272 numbers in the NR-8 column is used. Here '*' means 'add 8' so that
5273 Blue is 12, DarkGray is 8 etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005274
5275 Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
5276 colors!
5277
Bram Moolenaar5837f1f2015-03-21 18:06:14 +01005278 You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
5279
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005280 *:hi-normal-cterm*
5281 When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
5282 these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
5283 Example: >
5284 :highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
5285< When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
Bram Moolenaar6aa8cea2017-06-05 14:44:35 +02005286 'background' option will be adjusted automatically, under the
5287 condition that the color is recognized and 'background' was not set
5288 explicitly. This causes the highlight groups that depend on
5289 'background' to change! This means you should set the colors for
5290 Normal first, before setting other colors.
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02005291 When a color scheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005292 be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005293 delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005294
5295 When you have set "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" for the Normal group, Vim
5296 needs to reset the color when exiting. This is done with the "op"
5297 termcap entry |t_op|. If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
5298 't_op' option in your .vimrc.
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005299 *E419* *E420* *E453*
5300 When Vim knows the normal foreground, background and underline colors,
5301 "fg", "bg" and "ul" can be used as color names. This only works after
5302 setting the colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows
5303 console. Example, for reverse video: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005304 :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
5305< Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
Bram Moolenaar75e15672020-06-28 13:10:22 +02005306 command is given. If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005307 "fg" and "bg" colors will not be adjusted.
5308
PMuncha606f3a2023-11-15 15:35:49 +01005309ctermfont={font-nr} *highlight-ctermfont*
5310 This gives the alternative font number to use in the terminal. The
5311 available fonts depend on the terminal, and if the terminal is not set
5312 up for alternative fonts this simply won't do anything. The range of
5313 {font-nr} is 0-10 where 0 resets the font to the default font, 1-9
5314 selects one of the 9 alternate fonts, and 10 selects the Fraktur font.
5315 For more information see your terminal's handling of SGR parameters
5316 10-20. |t_CF|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005317
53183. highlight arguments for the GUI
5319
5320gui={attr-list} *highlight-gui*
5321 These give the attributes to use in the GUI mode.
5322 See |attr-list| for a description.
5323 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5324 have the same effect.
5325 Note that the attributes are ignored for the "Normal" group.
5326
5327font={font-name} *highlight-font*
5328 font-name is the name of a font, as it is used on the system Vim
5329 runs on. For X11 this is a complicated name, for example: >
5330 font=-misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1
5331<
5332 The font-name "NONE" can be used to revert to the default font.
5333 When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
5334 font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
5335 used).
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005336 The following only works with Motif, not with other GUIs:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005337 When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
5338 When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
5339 changed.
5340 All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
5341 character size as the default font! Otherwise redrawing problems will
5342 occur.
Bram Moolenaar82af8712016-06-04 20:20:29 +02005343 To use a font name with an embedded space or other special character,
5344 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5345 Example: >
5346 :hi comment font='Monospace 10'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005347
5348guifg={color-name} *highlight-guifg*
5349guibg={color-name} *highlight-guibg*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005350guisp={color-name} *highlight-guisp*
5351 These give the foreground (guifg), background (guibg) and special
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005352 (guisp) color to use in the GUI. "guisp" is used for undercurl and
5353 strikethrough.
Bram Moolenaar7df351e2006-01-23 22:30:28 +00005354 There are a few special names:
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00005355 NONE no color (transparent) *E1361*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005356 bg use normal background color
5357 background use normal background color
5358 fg use normal foreground color
5359 foreground use normal foreground color
5360 To use a color name with an embedded space or other special character,
5361 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5362 Example: >
5363 :hi comment guifg='salmon pink'
5364<
5365 *gui-colors*
5366 Suggested color names (these are available on most systems):
5367 Red LightRed DarkRed
5368 Green LightGreen DarkGreen SeaGreen
5369 Blue LightBlue DarkBlue SlateBlue
5370 Cyan LightCyan DarkCyan
5371 Magenta LightMagenta DarkMagenta
5372 Yellow LightYellow Brown DarkYellow
5373 Gray LightGray DarkGray
5374 Black White
5375 Orange Purple Violet
5376
5377 In the Win32 GUI version, additional system colors are available. See
5378 |win32-colors|.
5379
5380 You can also specify a color by its Red, Green and Blue values.
5381 The format is "#rrggbb", where
5382 "rr" is the Red value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005383 "gg" is the Green value
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005384 "bb" is the Blue value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005385 All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff". Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01005386 :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005387<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005388 If you are authoring a color scheme and use the same hexadecimal value
Drew Vogele30d1022021-10-24 20:35:07 +01005389 repeatedly, you can define a name for it in |v:colornames|. For
5390 example: >
5391
5392 # provide a default value for this color but allow the user to
5393 # override it.
5394 :call extend(v:colornames, {'alt_turquoise': '#11f0c3'}, 'keep')
5395 :highlight Comment guifg=alt_turquoise guibg=magenta
5396<
5397 If you are using a color scheme that relies on named colors and you
5398 would like to adjust the precise appearance of those colors, you can
5399 do so by overriding the values in |v:colornames| prior to loading the
5400 scheme: >
5401
5402 let v:colornames['alt_turquoise'] = '#22f0d3'
5403 colorscheme alt
5404<
5405 If you want to develop a color list that can be relied on by others,
5406 it is best to prefix your color names. By convention these color lists
5407 are placed in the colors/lists directory. You can see an example in
5408 '$VIMRUNTIME/colors/lists/csscolors.vim'. This list would be sourced
5409 by a color scheme using: >
5410
5411 :runtime colors/lists/csscolors.vim
5412 :highlight Comment guifg=css_turquoise
5413<
5414
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005415 *highlight-groups* *highlight-default*
5416These are the default highlighting groups. These groups are used by the
5417'highlight' option default. Note that the highlighting depends on the value
5418of 'background'. You can see the current settings with the ":highlight"
5419command.
Bram Moolenaard899e512022-05-07 21:54:03 +01005420When possible the name is highlighted in the used colors. If this makes it
5421unreadable use Visual selection.
5422
Bram Moolenaar1a384422010-07-14 19:53:30 +02005423 *hl-ColorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005424ColorColumn Used for the columns set with 'colorcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005425 *hl-Conceal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005426Conceal Placeholder characters substituted for concealed
5427 text (see 'conceallevel').
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00005428 *hl-Cursor* *hl-lCursor*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005429Cursor Character under the cursor.
5430lCursor Character under the cursor when |language-mapping|
5431 is used (see 'guicursor').
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005432 *hl-CursorIM*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005433CursorIM Like Cursor, but used when in IME mode. |CursorIM|
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005434 *hl-CursorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005435CursorColumn Screen column that the cursor is in when 'cursorcolumn' is set.
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005436 *hl-CursorLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005437CursorLine Screen line that the cursor is in when 'cursorline' is set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005438 *hl-Directory*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005439Directory Directory names (and other special names in listings).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005440 *hl-DiffAdd*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005441DiffAdd Diff mode: Added line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005442 *hl-DiffChange*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005443DiffChange Diff mode: Changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005444 *hl-DiffDelete*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005445DiffDelete Diff mode: Deleted line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005446 *hl-DiffText*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005447DiffText Diff mode: Changed text within a changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02005448 *hl-EndOfBuffer*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005449EndOfBuffer Filler lines (~) after the last line in the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005450 By default, this is highlighted like |hl-NonText|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005451 *hl-ErrorMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005452ErrorMsg Error messages on the command line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005453 *hl-VertSplit*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005454VertSplit Column separating vertically split windows.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005455 *hl-Folded*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005456Folded Line used for closed folds.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005457 *hl-FoldColumn*
5458FoldColumn 'foldcolumn'
5459 *hl-SignColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005460SignColumn Column where |signs| are displayed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005461 *hl-IncSearch*
5462IncSearch 'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005463 ":s///c".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005464 *hl-LineNr*
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005465LineNr Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02005466 or 'relativenumber' option is set.
Bram Moolenaarefae76a2019-10-27 22:54:58 +01005467 *hl-LineNrAbove*
5468LineNrAbove Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5469 option is set, above the cursor line.
5470 *hl-LineNrBelow*
5471LineNrBelow Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5472 option is set, below the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02005473 *hl-CursorLineNr*
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02005474CursorLineNr Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt'
5475 contains "number" or is "both", for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaare413ea02021-11-24 16:20:13 +00005476 *hl-CursorLineFold*
5477CursorLineFold Like FoldColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005478 *hl-CursorLineSign*
5479CursorLineSign Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005480 *hl-MatchParen*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005481MatchParen Character under the cursor or just before it, if it
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005482 is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005483 *hl-MessageWindow*
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00005484MessageWindow Messages popup window used by `:echowindow`. If not defined
5485 |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005486 *hl-ModeMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005487ModeMsg 'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --").
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005488 *hl-MoreMsg*
5489MoreMsg |more-prompt|
5490 *hl-NonText*
Bram Moolenaarf269eab2022-10-03 18:04:35 +01005491NonText '@' at the end of the window, "<<<" at the start of the window
5492 for 'smoothscroll', characters from 'showbreak' and other
5493 characters that do not really exist in the text, such as the
5494 ">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't fit at the
5495 end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005496 *hl-Normal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005497Normal Normal text.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005498 *hl-Pmenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005499Pmenu Popup menu: Normal item.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005500 *hl-PmenuSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005501PmenuSel Popup menu: Selected item.
Gianmaria Bajo6a7c7742023-03-10 16:35:53 +00005502 *hl-PmenuKind*
5503PmenuKind Popup menu: Normal item "kind".
5504 *hl-PmenuKindSel*
5505PmenuKindSel Popup menu: Selected item "kind".
5506 *hl-PmenuExtra*
5507PmenuExtra Popup menu: Normal item "extra text".
5508 *hl-PmenuExtraSel*
5509PmenuExtraSel Popup menu: Selected item "extra text".
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005510 *hl-PmenuSbar*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005511PmenuSbar Popup menu: Scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005512 *hl-PmenuThumb*
5513PmenuThumb Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005514 *hl-PopupNotification*
5515PopupNotification
5516 Popup window created with |popup_notification()|. If not
5517 defined |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005518 *hl-Question*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005519Question |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions.
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005520 *hl-QuickFixLine*
5521QuickFixLine Current |quickfix| item in the quickfix window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005522 *hl-Search*
5523Search Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005524 Also used for similar items that need to stand out.
LemonBoya4399382022-04-09 21:04:08 +01005525 *hl-CurSearch*
5526CurSearch Current match for the last search pattern (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005527 Note: This is correct after a search, but may get outdated if
5528 changes are made or the screen is redrawn.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005529 *hl-SpecialKey*
5530SpecialKey Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
5531 to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005532 Generally: Text that is displayed differently from what it
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005533 really is.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005534 *hl-SpellBad*
5535SpellBad Word that is not recognized by the spellchecker. |spell|
5536 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar53180ce2005-07-05 21:48:14 +00005537 *hl-SpellCap*
5538SpellCap Word that should start with a capital. |spell|
5539 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005540 *hl-SpellLocal*
5541SpellLocal Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5542 used in another region. |spell|
5543 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
5544 *hl-SpellRare*
5545SpellRare Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5546 hardly ever used. |spell|
5547 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005548 *hl-StatusLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005549StatusLine Status line of current window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005550 *hl-StatusLineNC*
5551StatusLineNC status lines of not-current windows
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005552 Note: If this is equal to "StatusLine", Vim will use "^^^" in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005553 the status line of the current window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005554 *hl-StatusLineTerm*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005555StatusLineTerm Status line of current window, if it is a |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005556 *hl-StatusLineTermNC*
Bram Moolenaar6ba83ba2022-06-12 22:15:57 +01005557StatusLineTermNC Status lines of not-current windows that is a
5558 |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005559 *hl-TabLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005560TabLine Tab pages line, not active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005561 *hl-TabLineFill*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005562TabLineFill Tab pages line, where there are no labels.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005563 *hl-TabLineSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005564TabLineSel Tab pages line, active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaardf980db2017-12-24 13:22:00 +01005565 *hl-Terminal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005566Terminal |terminal| window (see |terminal-size-color|).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005567 *hl-Title*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005568Title Titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005569 *hl-Visual*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005570Visual Visual mode selection.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005571 *hl-VisualNOS*
5572VisualNOS Visual mode selection when vim is "Not Owning the Selection".
5573 Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and |xterm-clipboard| supports this.
5574 *hl-WarningMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005575WarningMsg Warning messages.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005576 *hl-WildMenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005577WildMenu Current match in 'wildmenu' completion.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005578
Bram Moolenaarf75a9632005-09-13 21:20:47 +00005579 *hl-User1* *hl-User1..9* *hl-User9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005580The 'statusline' syntax allows the use of 9 different highlights in the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005581statusline and ruler (via 'rulerformat'). The names are User1 to User9.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005582
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00005583For the GUI you can use the following groups to set the colors for the menu,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005584scrollbars and tooltips. They don't have defaults. This doesn't work for the
5585Win32 GUI. Only three highlight arguments have any effect here: font, guibg,
5586and guifg.
5587
5588 *hl-Menu*
5589Menu Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
5590 Also used for the toolbar.
5591 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5592
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005593 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005594 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5595 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5596 set.
5597
5598 *hl-Scrollbar*
5599Scrollbar Current background and foreground of the main window's
5600 scrollbars.
5601 Applicable highlight arguments: guibg, guifg.
5602
5603 *hl-Tooltip*
5604Tooltip Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
5605 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5606
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005607 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005608 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5609 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5610 set.
5611
5612==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100561315. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005614
5615When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you
5616can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight
5617group, and give the color attributes only for that group.
5618
5619To set a link:
5620
5621 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
5622
5623To remove a link:
5624
5625 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
5626
5627Notes: *E414*
5628- If the {from-group} and/or {to-group} doesn't exist, it is created. You
5629 don't get an error message for a non-existing group.
5630- As soon as you use a ":highlight" command for a linked group, the link is
5631 removed.
5632- If there are already highlight settings for the {from-group}, the link is
5633 not made, unless the '!' is given. For a ":highlight link" command in a
5634 sourced file, you don't get an error message. This can be used to skip
5635 links for groups that already have settings.
5636
5637 *:hi-default* *:highlight-default*
5638The [default] argument is used for setting the default highlighting for a
5639group. If highlighting has already been specified for the group the command
5640will be ignored. Also when there is an existing link.
5641
5642Using [default] is especially useful to overrule the highlighting of a
5643specific syntax file. For example, the C syntax file contains: >
5644 :highlight default link cComment Comment
5645If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
5646 :highlight link cComment Question
5647Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
5648overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
5649
Bram Moolenaar23515b42020-11-29 14:36:24 +01005650To have a link survive `:highlight clear`, which is useful if you have
5651highlighting for a specific filetype and you want to keep it when selecting
5652another color scheme, put a command like this in the
5653"after/syntax/{filetype}.vim" file: >
5654 highlight! default link cComment Question
5655
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005656==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100565716. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005658
5659If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this
5660command: >
5661 :syntax clear
5662
5663This command should be used when you want to switch off syntax highlighting,
5664or when you want to switch to using another syntax. It's normally not needed
5665in a syntax file itself, because syntax is cleared by the autocommands that
5666load the syntax file.
5667The command also deletes the "b:current_syntax" variable, since no syntax is
5668loaded after this command.
5669
Bram Moolenaar61da1bf2019-06-06 12:14:49 +02005670To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
5671 :syntax clear {group-name} ..
5672This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
5673
5674To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
5675 :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
5676This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
5677
5678 *:syntax-off* *:syn-off*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005679If you want to disable syntax highlighting for all buffers, you need to remove
5680the autocommands that load the syntax files: >
5681 :syntax off
5682
5683What this command actually does, is executing the command >
5684 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
5685See the "nosyntax.vim" file for details. Note that for this to work
5686$VIMRUNTIME must be valid. See |$VIMRUNTIME|.
5687
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005688 *:syntax-reset* *:syn-reset*
5689If you have changed the colors and messed them up, use this command to get the
5690defaults back: >
5691
5692 :syntax reset
5693
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02005694It is a bit of a wrong name, since it does not reset any syntax items, it only
5695affects the highlighting.
5696
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005697This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
5698
5699Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
5700back to their Vim default.
5701Note that if you are using a color scheme, the colors defined by the color
5702scheme for syntax highlighting will be lost.
5703
5704What this actually does is: >
5705
5706 let g:syntax_cmd = "reset"
5707 runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim
5708
5709Note that this uses the 'runtimepath' option.
5710
5711 *syncolor*
5712If you want to use different colors for syntax highlighting, you can add a Vim
5713script file to set these colors. Put this file in a directory in
5714'runtimepath' which comes after $VIMRUNTIME, so that your settings overrule
5715the default colors. This way these colors will be used after the ":syntax
5716reset" command.
5717
5718For Unix you can use the file ~/.vim/after/syntax/syncolor.vim. Example: >
5719
5720 if &background == "light"
5721 highlight comment ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
5722 else
5723 highlight comment ctermfg=green guifg=green
5724 endif
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005725<
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00005726 *E679*
5727Do make sure this syncolor.vim script does not use a "syntax on", set the
5728'background' option or uses a "colorscheme" command, because it results in an
5729endless loop.
5730
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005731Note that when a color scheme is used, there might be some confusion whether
5732your defined colors are to be used or the colors from the scheme. This
5733depends on the color scheme file. See |:colorscheme|.
5734
5735 *syntax_cmd*
5736The "syntax_cmd" variable is set to one of these values when the
5737syntax/syncolor.vim files are loaded:
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005738 "on" `:syntax on` command. Highlight colors are overruled but
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005739 links are kept
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005740 "enable" `:syntax enable` command. Only define colors for groups that
5741 don't have highlighting yet. Use `:highlight default` .
5742 "reset" `:syntax reset` command or loading a color scheme. Define all
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005743 the colors.
5744 "skip" Don't define colors. Used to skip the default settings when a
5745 syncolor.vim file earlier in 'runtimepath' has already set
5746 them.
5747
5748==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100574917. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005750
5751If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following
5752mappings.
5753
5754 <F11> -- Generate tags.vim file, and highlight tags.
5755 <F12> -- Just highlight tags based on existing tags.vim file.
5756>
5757 :map <F11> :sp tags<CR>:%s/^\([^ :]*:\)\=\([^ ]*\).*/syntax keyword Tag \2/<CR>:wq! tags.vim<CR>/^<CR><F12>
5758 :map <F12> :so tags.vim<CR>
5759
5760WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
5761memory Vim will consume.
5762
5763Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too. For this you
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005764must use Universal Ctags (found at https://ctags.io) or Exuberant ctags (found
5765at http://ctags.sf.net).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005766
5767Put these lines in your Makefile:
5768
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005769# Make a highlight file for types. Requires Universal/Exuberant ctags and awk
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005770types: types.vim
5771types.vim: *.[ch]
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005772 ctags --c-kinds=gstu -o- *.[ch] |\
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005773 awk 'BEGIN{printf("syntax keyword Type\t")}\
5774 {printf("%s ", $$1)}END{print ""}' > $@
5775
5776And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
5777
5778 " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005779 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') .. '/types.vim'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005780 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005781 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] exe 'so ' .. fname
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005782 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
5783
5784==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100578518. Window-local syntax *:ownsyntax*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005786
5787Normally all windows on a buffer share the same syntax settings. It is
5788possible, however, to set a particular window on a file to have its own
5789private syntax setting. A possible example would be to edit LaTeX source
5790with conventional highlighting in one window, while seeing the same source
5791highlighted differently (so as to hide control sequences and indicate bold,
5792italic etc regions) in another. The 'scrollbind' option is useful here.
5793
5794To set the current window to have the syntax "foo", separately from all other
5795windows on the buffer: >
5796 :ownsyntax foo
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005797< *w:current_syntax*
5798This will set the "w:current_syntax" variable to "foo". The value of
5799"b:current_syntax" does not change. This is implemented by saving and
5800restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
5801"b:current_syntax". The value set by the syntax file is assigned to
5802"w:current_syntax".
Bram Moolenaared32d942014-12-06 23:33:00 +01005803Note: This resets the 'spell', 'spellcapcheck' and 'spellfile' options.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005804
5805Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005806on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely,
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02005807syntax commands executed from that window do not affect other windows on the
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005808same buffer.
5809
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005810A window with its own syntax reverts to normal behavior when another buffer
5811is loaded into that window or the file is reloaded.
5812When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005813
5814==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100581519. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005816
5817Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the
5818default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
5819 :if &term =~ "xterm"
5820 : if has("terminfo")
5821 : set t_Co=8
5822 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%p1%dm
5823 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%p1%dm
5824 : else
5825 : set t_Co=8
5826 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
5827 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
5828 : endif
5829 :endif
5830< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5831
5832You might want to change the first "if" to match the name of your terminal,
5833e.g. "dtterm" instead of "xterm".
5834
5835Note: Do these settings BEFORE doing ":syntax on". Otherwise the colors may
5836be wrong.
5837 *xiterm* *rxvt*
5838The above settings have been mentioned to work for xiterm and rxvt too.
5839But for using 16 colors in an rxvt these should work with terminfo: >
5840 :set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t25;%p1%{40}%+%e5;%p1%{32}%+%;%dm
5841 :set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t22;%p1%{30}%+%e1;%p1%{22}%+%;%dm
5842<
5843 *colortest.vim*
5844To test your color setup, a file has been included in the Vim distribution.
Bram Moolenaarf740b292006-02-16 22:11:02 +00005845To use it, execute this command: >
5846 :runtime syntax/colortest.vim
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005847
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005848Some versions of xterm (and other terminals, like the Linux console) can
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005849output lighter foreground colors, even though the number of colors is defined
5850at 8. Therefore Vim sets the "cterm=bold" attribute for light foreground
5851colors, when 't_Co' is 8.
5852
5853 *xfree-xterm*
5854To get 16 colors or more, get the newest xterm version (which should be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005855included with XFree86 3.3 and later). You can also find the latest version
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005856at: >
5857 http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
5858Here is a good way to configure it. This uses 88 colors and enables the
5859termcap-query feature, which allows Vim to ask the xterm how many colors it
5860supports. >
5861 ./configure --disable-bold-color --enable-88-color --enable-tcap-query
5862If you only get 8 colors, check the xterm compilation settings.
5863(Also see |UTF8-xterm| for using this xterm with UTF-8 character encoding).
5864
5865This xterm should work with these lines in your .vimrc (for 16 colors): >
5866 :if has("terminfo")
5867 : set t_Co=16
5868 : set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{92}%+%;%dm
5869 : set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{82}%+%;%dm
5870 :else
5871 : set t_Co=16
5872 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
5873 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
5874 :endif
5875< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5876
5877Without |+terminfo|, Vim will recognize these settings, and automatically
5878translate cterm colors of 8 and above to "<Esc>[9%dm" and "<Esc>[10%dm".
5879Colors above 16 are also translated automatically.
5880
5881For 256 colors this has been reported to work: >
5882
5883 :set t_AB=<Esc>[48;5;%dm
5884 :set t_AF=<Esc>[38;5;%dm
5885
5886Or just set the TERM environment variable to "xterm-color" or "xterm-16color"
5887and try if that works.
5888
5889You probably want to use these X resources (in your ~/.Xdefaults file):
5890 XTerm*color0: #000000
5891 XTerm*color1: #c00000
5892 XTerm*color2: #008000
5893 XTerm*color3: #808000
5894 XTerm*color4: #0000c0
5895 XTerm*color5: #c000c0
5896 XTerm*color6: #008080
5897 XTerm*color7: #c0c0c0
5898 XTerm*color8: #808080
5899 XTerm*color9: #ff6060
5900 XTerm*color10: #00ff00
5901 XTerm*color11: #ffff00
5902 XTerm*color12: #8080ff
5903 XTerm*color13: #ff40ff
5904 XTerm*color14: #00ffff
5905 XTerm*color15: #ffffff
5906 Xterm*cursorColor: Black
5907
5908[Note: The cursorColor is required to work around a bug, which changes the
5909cursor color to the color of the last drawn text. This has been fixed by a
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005910newer version of xterm, but not everybody is using it yet.]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005911
5912To get these right away, reload the .Xdefaults file to the X Option database
5913Manager (you only need to do this when you just changed the .Xdefaults file): >
5914 xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
5915<
5916 *xterm-blink* *xterm-blinking-cursor*
5917To make the cursor blink in an xterm, see tools/blink.c. Or use Thomas
5918Dickey's xterm above patchlevel 107 (see above for where to get it), with
5919these resources:
5920 XTerm*cursorBlink: on
5921 XTerm*cursorOnTime: 400
5922 XTerm*cursorOffTime: 250
5923 XTerm*cursorColor: White
5924
5925 *hpterm-color*
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005926These settings work (more or less) for an hpterm, which only supports 8
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005927foreground colors: >
5928 :if has("terminfo")
5929 : set t_Co=8
5930 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%p1%dS
5931 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
5932 :else
5933 : set t_Co=8
5934 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%dS
5935 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
5936 :endif
5937< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5938
5939 *Eterm* *enlightened-terminal*
5940These settings have been reported to work for the Enlightened terminal
5941emulator, or Eterm. They might work for all xterm-like terminals that use the
5942bold attribute to get bright colors. Add an ":if" like above when needed. >
5943 :set t_Co=16
5944 :set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t3%p1%d%e%p1%{22}%+%d;1%;m
5945 :set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t4%p1%d%e%p1%{32}%+%d;1%;m
5946<
5947 *TTpro-telnet*
5948These settings should work for TTpro telnet. Tera Term Pro is a freeware /
5949open-source program for MS-Windows. >
5950 set t_Co=16
5951 set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{32}%+5;%;%dm
5952 set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{22}%+1;%;%dm
5953Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
5954that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
5955(info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
5956
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005957
5958==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100595920. When syntax is slow *:syntime*
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005960
5961This is aimed at authors of a syntax file.
5962
5963If your syntax causes redrawing to be slow, here are a few hints on making it
5964faster. To see slowness switch on some features that usually interfere, such
5965as 'relativenumber' and |folding|.
5966
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005967Note: This is only available when compiled with the |+profile| feature.
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02005968You many need to build Vim with "huge" features.
5969
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005970To find out what patterns are consuming most time, get an overview with this
5971sequence: >
5972 :syntime on
5973 [ redraw the text at least once with CTRL-L ]
5974 :syntime report
5975
5976This will display a list of syntax patterns that were used, sorted by the time
5977it took to match them against the text.
5978
5979:syntime on Start measuring syntax times. This will add some
5980 overhead to compute the time spent on syntax pattern
5981 matching.
5982
5983:syntime off Stop measuring syntax times.
5984
5985:syntime clear Set all the counters to zero, restart measuring.
5986
5987:syntime report Show the syntax items used since ":syntime on" in the
5988 current window. Use a wider display to see more of
5989 the output.
5990
5991 The list is sorted by total time. The columns are:
5992 TOTAL Total time in seconds spent on
5993 matching this pattern.
5994 COUNT Number of times the pattern was used.
5995 MATCH Number of times the pattern actually
5996 matched
5997 SLOWEST The longest time for one try.
5998 AVERAGE The average time for one try.
5999 NAME Name of the syntax item. Note that
6000 this is not unique.
6001 PATTERN The pattern being used.
6002
6003Pattern matching gets slow when it has to try many alternatives. Try to
6004include as much literal text as possible to reduce the number of ways a
6005pattern does NOT match.
6006
6007When using the "\@<=" and "\@<!" items, add a maximum size to avoid trying at
6008all positions in the current and previous line. For example, if the item is
6009literal text specify the size of that text (in bytes):
6010
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006011"<\@<=span" Matches "span" in "<span". This tries matching with "<" in
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006012 many places.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006013"<\@1<=span" Matches the same, but only tries one byte before "span".
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006014
6015
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02006016 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: